Agenda packet — Modesto City Council, October 22, 2024 (part 4 of 6)

DISCUSSION:

Fire department staff recommends adding five pumpers and two tillers to the fleet in order to address a critical need for the City, Stanislaus County, and the State of California as a whole. The apparatuses would be purchased from Pierce Manufacturing through Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA), who is a leading provider of such vehicles. At this time, there are no Pierce dealers located within the City of Modesto. The apparatuses specified in the proposal from GSFA shall be ready for final delivery within an approximate time frame of four years. Terms of Payment dictate that the total amount shall be due at the time of order.

On September 20, 2024, the City Manager authorized the Purchasing Manager to solicit the procurement for fire apparatus and related vehicles. On December 1, 2023, the Houston Galveston Area Council (“HGAC”), of which the City of Modesto is a member, issued Invitation For Bids (“IFB”) number 2324-103 under HGAC Contract No. FS12-23 - Fire Apparatus and Related Vehicles Contract, for fire apparatus and related vehicles on the Houston Chronicle and Forward Times Newspaper, and online via the HGAC public bidding portal1. On September 14, 2023, proposals were opened via the online HGAC public bidding portal. Thirty-eight (38) proposals were received and based on the committee scoring and criteria outlined in the Request For Proposals, Golden State Fire Apparatus and an additional thirty-five (35) vendor contracts were awarded for this commodity which includes the pumpers and tillers. Based on the responsive and responsible proposer offering the Products and Pricing (45%), Distinguishing Services (20%), Business Practices and Operations (10%), Geographic Areas Served / Authorized Distributor (10%), Past Performance (10%), References (5%), City staff recommends to award to Golden State Fire Apparatus in Sacramento, CA to purchase five pumpers and 2 tillers for an amount not to exceed $9,246,959.

Houston Galveston Area Council is a cooperative agency which streamlines the procurement process by developing Invitations for Bids (IFBs) or Requests for Proposals (RFPs) for national competitive solicitations that meet or exceed local requirements. The competitive process is continually refined to best meet agency needs and allows Houston Galveston Area Council to offer exceptional products from nationally acclaimed vendors.

Modesto Municipal Code (MMC) Section 8-3.203 generally requires all purchases that meet or exceed $100,000 for material, equipment or contractual services to be formally bid. An exception to the rule set forth in MMC Section 8-3.202(h) states that with the approval of Council, the City of Modesto can join with other units of government in cooperative purchasing plans when the best interest of the City would be served thereby and MMC Section 8-3.204(d) is available where the Purchasing Manager, in his or her discretion, determines that a process other than the usual formal bid procedure set forth in MMC Section 8-3.203 will result in procurement for the City at the lowest possible cost commensurate with the desired quality. Acting within her discretion, the Purchasing Manager invoked that exception for this purchase due to the cost savings of staff time and the competitively bid process completed by the Houston-Galveston Area Council (H-GAC) of which the City of Modesto is a member. The purchase of five pumpers and two tillers for use by the Modesto Fire Department by “piggybacking” on the competitive bid process completed by the H-GAC contract with Golden State Fire Apparatus, will conform to MMC Section 8-3.202(h). 1 https://procurement.opengov.com/portal/h-gac
#15..
- 611 -
City Council, October 22, 2024
Purchase of Five Pierce Fire Engines and Two Pierce Fire Trucks

Page 3 of 3 ends

FISCAL IMPACT:

The purchase of the five Pierce pumpers and two Pierce tillers is being recommended to be funded through FY 23-24 Measure H fund balance. The current quotes of a combined total of $9,246,959 for both the tillers and pumpers is only valid through October 31, 2024 and if the City delays this purchase the vendor will apply an increase based on the index used to measure price increases for manufacturing parts and services. Prepaying for the two tillers results in a savings of $747,290 and prepaying for the five pumpers results in a savings of $939,055. This is a total savings of $1,686,345 by prepaying instead of paying at the time of delivery or pick up.

Pumpers Tillers
Apparatus Cost $5,467,500 $4,550,000
Prepayment Discount ($860,500) ($684,800)
Subtotal $4,607,000 $3,865,200
Sales Tax + CA Tire Fee $408,924 $343,065
100% Pymt and Performance Bond $12,690 $10,080
TOTAL $5,028,614 $4,218,345
GRAND TOTAL $9,246,959
COMMITTEE RECOMMENDATION:

This item was presented at the Safety and Communities Committee meeting on October 14, 2024, and the Committee approved presenting this item to Council for approval.

RECOMMENDED COUNCIL ACTION:

Staff Recommendations:

Resolution approving the purchase of five (5) Pierce Velocity 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engines and two (2) Pierce 107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerial Fire Trucks for a total amount not to exceed $9,246,959 and authorizing the Purchasing Manager, or her designee, to issue the Purchase Order.

Resolution amending the Fiscal Year 2024-25 Annual Operating Budget to appropriate $9,246,959 in the MFD – Measure H – Facilities & Fleet Cost Center (18611) in General Fund – Measure H Fund (0160) for five engines and two trucks and authorizing the City Manager to take the necessary steps to implement the required Budget Adjustments.

Approved by:
_______________________________________
Kevin Wise, Fire Chief
________________________________________
Joseph P. Lopez, City Manager
Attachments:

1. Resolution for Purchase

2. Resolution for Budget Adjustment

3. Golden State Fire Apparatus Pumpers Proposal

4. Golden State Fire Apparatus Tillers Proposal
#15..
- 612 -

MODESTO CITY COUNCIL
RESOLUTION NO. 2024- XXX
RESOLUTION APPROVING THE PURCHASE OF FIVE (5) PIERCE
VELOCITY 1500 GPM TYPE 1 FIRE ENGINES AND TWO (2) PIERCE 107’

VELOCITY TRACTOR DRAWN AERIAL FIRE TRUCKS FOR A TOTAL
AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED $9,246,959 AND AUTHORIZING THE

PURCHASING MANAGER, OR HER DESIGNEE, TO ISSUE THE PURCHASE ORDER
WHEREAS, for fire engines (pumpers) and fire trucks (tillers), the current industry standard timelines from the point of order to delivery is 48 months and 51 months, respectively; and
WHEREAS, Modesto Fire Department’s standard lifespan for frontline fleet is ten years for engines (five years reserve) and fifteen years for trucks (five years reserve); and WHEREAS, because of the extensive lead time on production, the department’s 2016 model engines will exceed the frontline standard, while the trucks will be nearing the standard. Any additional delay in ordering the trucks could also result in exceeding the truck’s frontline standard; and
WHEREAS, in 2023, the Modesto Fire Department responded to 33,149 calls for service within its area of jurisdiction. Modesto Fire was the first responding unit to arrive to all emergencies within 5 minutes of dispatch 74% of the time. Our community relies heavily on these fire apparatuses to deliver critical service responses; and WHEREAS; evaluations are continuously conducted to determine the condition of the fleet based on mileage and need. These evaluations will help determine which stations will receive the newest apparatuses as they become available from Golden State Fire Apparatus; and
#15..
- 613 -
WHEREAS; fire department staff recommends adding five pumpers and two tillers to the fleet in order to address a critical need for the City, Stanislaus County, and the State of California as a whole; and
WHEREAS; the apparatuses would be purchased from Pierce Manufacturing through Golden State Fire Apparatus (GSFA), who is a leading provider of such vehicles.

At this time, there are no dealers of this type located within the City of Modesto. The apparatuses specified in the proposal from GSFA shall be ready for final delivery within an approximate time frame of four years. Terms of Payment dictate that the total amount shall be due at the time of order.; and
WHEREAS, Modesto Municipal Code (MMC) Section 8-3.203 generally requires all purchases that meet or exceed $100,000 for material, equipment or contractual services to be formally bid; and
WHEREAS, an exception to the rule set forth in MMC Section 8-3.202(h) states that with the approval of Council, the City of Modesto can join with other units of government in cooperative purchasing plans when the best interest of the City would be served thereby and MMC Section 8-3.204(d) is available where the Purchasing Manager, in his or her discretion, determines that a process other than the usual formal bid procedure set forth in MMC Section 8-3.203 will result in procurement for the City at the lowest possible cost commensurate with the desired quality; and WHEREAS, the purchase of five (5) pumpers and two (2) tillers for use by the Modesto Fire Department by “piggybacking” on the competitive bid process completed by the H-GAC contract with Golden State Fire Apparatus, will conform to MMC Section 8-3.202(h).
#15..
- 614 -
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of Modesto that it hereby approves the purchase of five (5) Pierce Velocity 1500 GPM Type 1 fire engines and two (2) Pierce 107’ Velocity Tractor Drawn Aerial fire trucks for a total amount not to exceed $9,246,959.

BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Purchasing Manager, or her designee, are hereby authorized to issue the purchase order.

The foregoing resolution was adopted at a regular meeting of the Council of the City of Modesto held on the 22nd day of October 2024, by Councilmember ?, who moved its adoption, which motion being duly seconded by Councilmember ?, was upon roll call carried and the resolution adopted by the following vote:

AYES: Councilmembers: ?
NOES: Councilmembers: ?
ABSENT: Councilmembers: ?
ATTEST:

DIANE NAYARES-PEREZ, City Clerk
(SEAL)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

BY: ___________________________________
JOSE M. SANCHEZ, City Attorney
#15..
- 615 -

MODESTO CITY COUNCIL
RESOLUTION NO. 2024- XXX
RESOLUTION AMENDING THE FISCAL YEAR 2024-25 ANNUAL
OPERATING BUDGET TO APPROPRIATE $9,246,959 IN THE MFD – MEASURE H – FACILITIES & FLEET COST CENTER (18611) IN GENERAL FUND – MEASURE H FUND (0160) FOR FIVE ENGINES AND TWO TRUCKS

AND AUTHORIZING THE CITY MANAGER TO TAKE THE NECESSARY

STEPS TO IMPLEMENT THE REQUIRED BUDGET ADJUSTMENTS
WHEREAS, Staff recommends adding five pumpers and two tillers to the fleet in order to address a critical need for the City, Stanislaus County, and the State of California as a whole; and
WHEREAS, last year, the Modesto Fire Department responded to 33,149 calls for service within its area of jurisdiction. Modesto Fire Department’s standard lifespan for frontline fleet is ten years for engines (five years reserve) and fifteen years for trucks (five years reserve); and
WHEREAS, because of the extensive lead time on production, the department’s 2016 model engines will exceed the frontline standard, while the trucks will be nearing the standard. Any additional delay in ordering the trucks could also result the exceeding the truck’s frontline standard; and
WHEREAS, certain budgetary adjustments are needed to implement this action.

NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED by the Council of the City of Modesto that it hereby approves amending the Fiscal Year 2024-25 Annual Operating Budget to appropriate $9,246,959 in the MFD – Measure H – Facilities & Fleet Cost Center (18611) in General Fund – Measure H Fund (0160) for five engines and two trucks and authorizing the City Manager to take the necessary steps to implement the required budget adjustments.
#15..
- 616 -
The foregoing resolution was adopted at a regular meeting of the Council of the City of Modesto held on the 22nd day of October 2024, by Councilmember ?, who moved its adoption, which motion being duly seconded by Councilmember ?, was upon roll call carried and the resolution adopted by the following vote:

AYES: Councilmembers: ?
NOES: Councilmembers: ?
ABSENT: Councilmembers: ?
ATTEST:

DIANE NAYARES-PEREZ, City Clerk
(SEAL)
APPROVED AS TO FORM:

BY: ___________________________________
JOSE M. SANCHEZ, City Attorney
#15..
- 617 -
PREPARED ESPECIALLY FOR:

CITY OF MODESTO
Five (5) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc.

Velocity 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engines

#15..
- 618 -
Product Proposal
Standard Terms and Conditions (Exhibit A)
Product Specifications (Exhibit B)
▪ Supporting Documents (If Applicable)
◦ Electrical Analysis
◦ Turning Radius Report
Product Warranties (Exhibit C)
Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services (Exhibit D)

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 2
3 4
5 goldenstatefire.com
#15..
- 619 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP
PRODUCT 1 PROPOSAL
#15..
- 620 -

OPTION A
100% PRE-PAYMENT
This will be the price of the Product(s)
contingent upon the Customer paying the
Grand Total Purchase Price to GSFA within
thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date
pursuant to the Payment Terms
Please note this discount is also available contingent upon a Third Party (Leasing Company) paying 100% of the Grand Total Purchase Price on behalf of the Customer to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date pursuant to the Payment Terms

IF YOU ELECT THIS OPTION,

IT RESULTS IN A SAVINGS OF
($939,054.35) OFF

OF THE GRAND TOTAL OF OPTION B
#15..
- 621 -
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

City of Modesto Fire Department
409 12th Street
Modesto, CA 95354
Sales Consultant
Dewayne Young
[email protected]
Mobile: (209) 777-0650
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“GSFA”) is pleased to provide this proposal for the fire apparatus(es) and equipment identified below (the "Product”) to CITY OF MODESTO (“Customer”) for consideration. This proposal (this “Product Proposal”) includes the following exhibits attached hereto: the Standard Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A (the “Terms and Conditions”); the Product Specifications attached as Exhibit B (the “Specifications”); the Product Warranties attached as Exhibit C; and the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services attached as Exhibit D (the “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List”) (all of the foregoing, collectively, the “Agreement”). Through its signature below or other Acceptance (as defined on page 2), Customer acknowledges having received and read, and agrees to be bound by, the Agreement. The Agreement shall be effective as of the latest date appearing in the signature blocks below (the “Executed Date”).

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA within thirty (30) calendar days of the Executed Date. If payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price is late, a late fee as specified in section 6 of the Terms and Conditions may be applied, and the Prepayment Discount may be adjusted, and the Grand Total Purchase Price increased in accordance with section 2.c of the Terms and Conditions. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 09/16/2024 10/31/2024 at 4:00
PM PST 30916-24P 930 Pierce Manufacturing Inc.

HGAC contract FS12-
23, Model 23P-107

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE
A Five (5) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Velocity 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engines 5,467,500.00 B Discount for 100% Payment at Time of Order (the “Prepayment Discount”) (860,500.00) C SUBTOTAL 4,607,000.00
D 8.875% State Sales Tax 408,871.25
E California Tire Fee 52.50
F 100% Payment and Performance Bond 12,690.00
G GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 5,028,613.75
#15..
- 622 -
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46.5 to 49.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PREDELIVERY SERVICE – If applicable, after transportation from the manufacturing facility and prior to final delivery or pick up, the Product shall receive those additional Products and/or services identified on the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List. It is estimated that such a service will add approximately 0.5 to 1 MONTH(S) to the above Product completion estimate. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PROPOSAL EXPIRATION – This Product Proposal supersedes any previous proposal(s) presented to Customer by GSFA and its employees and may be accepted by Customer on or before the Expiration Date identified above. Unless accepted by the Expiration Date, GSFA reserves the right to withdraw this Product Proposal or to alter its terms (including by providing updated Product pricing) prior to an order being accepted.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

ACCEPTANCE – ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROPOSAL CREATES AN ENFORCEABLE BINDING AGREEMENT BETWEEN GSFA AND CUSTOMER. “ACCEPTANCE” MEANS THAT THE CUSTOMER DELIVERS TO GSFA: (A) A SIGNED COPY OF THIS PRODUCT PROPOSAL, OR (B) A SIGNED COPY OF A PURCHASE ORDER INCORPORATING THE AGREEMENT IN ITS ENTIRETY. ANY ADDITIONAL OR DIFFERENT TERMS, WHETHER CONTAINED IN CUSTOMER’S FORMS OR OTHERWISE PRESENTED BY CUSTOMER AT ANY TIME, ARE HEREBY REJECTED AND OF NO EFFECT UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING SIGNED BY GSFA.

COUNTERPARTS - This Product Proposal may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original (including copies sent to a party by electronic transmission) as against the party signing such counterpart, but which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. A signed copy of this Product Proposal delivered by facsimile, email or other means of electronic transmission will be deemed to have the same legal effect as delivery of an original signed copy of this Product Proposal.

If this Product Proposal is returned to GSFA with the signature of Customer’s authorized representative but without an attestation or co-signers signature, then absent Customer’s written notice to the contrary, GSFA shall be entitled to rely on such single signature as sufficient evidence of the signatory’s authority to execute the Agreement and bind Customer thereby.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 09/16/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 30916-24P to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY CUSTOMER ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO BY GSFA __________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Signature of Authorized Customer Representative Signature of Authorized GSFA Representative

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
#15..
- 623 -

OPTION B

PAYMENT AT TIME OF DELIVERY OR PICKUP
This will be the price of the Product(s) contingent
upon the Customer paying the Grand Total
Purchase Price to GSFA at time of delivery or pickup
pursuant to the Payment Terms

#15..
- 624 -
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT PROPOSAL FOR:

PAYMENT TERMS – Customer shall pay the total purchase price set forth directly above (the “Grand Total Purchase Price”) to GSFA no later than the time of GSFA’s delivery of the applicable Product to Customer’s address listed above (or Customer’s pick up of such Product at GSFA’s facilities, if approved by GSFA). GSFA shall have no obligation to deliver, or permit pick up of the Product if the Customer does not have full payment ready when the Product is complete and ready to deliver or pick up, as applicable. Customer shall pay any balance due as a result of Change Orders as described in the Terms and Conditions.

MANUFACTURER – Customer acknowledges that GSFA is not an agent of the Product manufacturer identified above (“Manufacturer”) and is not capable of binding Manufacturer. Within five (5) business days of the Executed Date, GSFA shall submit an order form to the Manufacturer for the Product. GSFA’s further performance under the Agreement is contingent upon Manufacturer’s acceptance of such order form at the price and on the terms GSFA believed to be available when submitting this Product Proposal to Customer. If Manufacturer rejects such order as submitted or fails to respond to GSFA within a reasonable amount of time, GSFA shall notify Customer in writing, and unless GSFA and Customer otherwise agree in writing, the Agreement shall then terminate and have no further force or effect.

SUBMITTED DATE EXPIRATION DATE GSFA PROPOSAL # MANUFACTURER BID # MANUFACTURER CONSORTIUM 09/16/2024 10/31/2024 at 4:00
PM PST 30916-2BP 930 Pierce Manufacturing Inc.

HGAC contract FS12-
23, Model 23P-107

ITEM PRODUCT DESCRIPTION EXTENDED PRICE
A Five (5) Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. Velocity 1500 GPM Type 1 Fire Engines 5,467,500.00 B 8.875% State Sales Tax 485,240.60
C California Tire Fee 52.50
D 100% Payment and Performance Bond 14,875.00
E GRAND TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE 5,967,668.10
#15..
- 625 -
goldenstatefire.com
7400 Reese Road, Sacramento, CA 95828 | 916.330.1638
PRODUCT COMPLETION – The Product shall be ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility within approximately 46.5 to 49.5 MONTHS after the Executed Date. The foregoing estimate is provided as a good faith approximation as of the date of submission of this Product Proposal and is subject to the Terms and Conditions.

PURCHASE ORDER – Any PO shall be made out to: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc. – 7400 Reese Road – Sacramento, CA 95828.

INTENDING TO CREATE A BINDING AGREEMENT, Customer and GSFA have each caused this Product Proposal dated 09/16/2024, GSFA Proposal Number 30916-2BP to be executed by their duly authorized representatives effective as of the Executed Date.

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Print Name Print Name

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Title Title

__________________________________________________ _________________________________________________ Date Date
#15..
- 626 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

STANDARD TERMS

AND CONDITIONS
Exhibit “A”
2 #15..
- 627 -
1 STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Definitions.

a. “Agreement” has the meaning given in the Product Proposal. b. “Customer” means the customer identified in the Product Proposal. c. “Dealer Preparation,” if applicable, means additional product(s) and/or services added by GSFA after Manufacturer’s completion of the Product and prior to delivery, in accordance with the Dealer Supplied Products/Services List.
d. “Delivery Date” means the Product Completion timeframe plus the Predelivery Service timeframe equals the Delivery Date.
e. “Dealer Supplied Products/Services List” means the Dealer Supplied Products and/or Services List attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit D, which reflects all Dealer Preparation under the Agreement absent a valid Change Order(s).
f. “Grand Total Purchase Price” means the total purchase price for the Product identified in the Product Proposal (subject to any adjustments required or permitted by these Terms and Conditions, including by the execution of a valid Change Order(s).
g. “GSFA” means Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc., a California corporation. h. “Manufacturer” means the person or persons, company, firm, corporation, partnership, or other organization identified in the Product Proposal as responsible for manufacturing the Product. i. “Party” or “Parties” means GSFA and/or Customer, as applicable. j. “Predelivery Service” means the Products and/or Services that will be provided by GSFA after transportation of the Product(s) from the manufacturing facility and prior to Final Delivery or Pick-Up. k. “Prepayment Discount” means a discount to the purchase price for the Product granted to Customer in connection with Customer’s advance payment of the Grand Total Purchase Price (or portion thereof, as specified in the Product Proposal).
l. “Product” means the fire apparatus(es) and any associated equipment listed in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications.
m. “Product Completion” means the fire apparatus(es) in the Product Proposal and further described in the Specifications being ready for final inspection by Customer at the manufacturing facility. n. “Product Proposal” means the GSFA proposal executed by Customer to which these Terms and Conditions are attached.
o. “Product Warranties” means the Manufacturer warranties for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit C.
p. “Specifications” means the specifications for the Product attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit B. q. “Terms and Conditions” means these Standard Terms and Conditions, which are attached to the Product Proposal as Exhibit A.

2. Purchase and Payment.
a. Purchase. Customer agrees to purchase the Product at the Grand Total Purchase Price (as such amount may be adjusted in accordance with these Terms and Conditions), pursuant to the payment terms set forth in the Product Proposal. The Grand Total Purchase Price is payable in U.S. dollars. b. Contingency Reserve Fund. The Grand Total Purchase Price may include an amount to be set aside for the purpose of funding any future costs or financial obligations incurred by Customer under the Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (the “Contingency Reserve Fund”). If applicable, the amount of any required Contingency Reserve Fund will be set forth in either the Product Proposal or Exhibit D. The Contingency Reserve Fund may be withdrawn against by Customer or GSFA for the purpose of satisfying Customer’s payment obligations under the initial Product Proposal or any valid Change Order(s) (including, without limitation, a Change Order submitted by GSFA pursuant to Section 8.b). If a Contingency Reserve Fund is required under the Agreement, the amount of such fund is not intended as an estimate of the actual additional costs of contingencies, Change Orders, unforeseen items #15..
- 628 -
2 or other required work that may be incurred under the Agreement after submission of the Product Proposal to Customer, which amounts Customer acknowledges may exceed the Contingency Reserve Fund amount. The balance of any Contingency Reserve Fund will be credited against Customer’s payment obligations, or otherwise returned to Customer within thirty (30) calendar days of delivery of all Products under the Agreement (provided that Customer has paid all amounts owed under the Agreement as of such date). c. Prepayment Discount. If GSFA has granted Customer a Prepayment Discount, Customer must provide each associated prepayment (each, a “Prepayment”) within the time frame specified in the Product Proposal in order to receive such discount. Customer’s failure to timely make such Prepayment may result in: (i) GSFA’s termination of the Agreement; and/or (ii) Customer’s loss of the Prepayment Discount for the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price represented by such outstanding Prepayment and the application of a late fee as set forth in Section 6, in each case in GSFA’s sole discretion.
d. State Sales Tax. Customer shall be responsible for the cost of state sales tax associated with, or attributable to, the Product. The taxes stated in the Product Proposal are subject to adjustment for the applicable state sales tax rate in effect at the time of delivery. Therefore, the sales tax set forth on the Product Proposal is only an estimate of such taxes and will be increased or decreased at the time of delivery if a change in the applicable sales tax rate has occurred, in which case Customer shall pay GSFA (or be refunded by GSFA) the difference in the applicable sales tax.

3. Product Completion Date. Within thirty (30) calendar days of the date on which the last required signatory executes the Product Proposal (such date, the “Executed Date”), GSFA shall submit to Customer a tentative Product completion date (which may differ from the Product completion estimate contained in the Product Proposal). Due to global supply chain constraints, any Product completion date contained herein, or in the Product Proposal, or otherwise provided to Customer, is a good faith estimate only as of the date provided to Customer, and merely an approximation based on current information available to GSFA and Manufacturer. Customer shall not be entitled to rely on any such estimate, and GSFA shall have no liability to Customer for a failure by GSFA or Manufacturer to meet any such estimate. All Product completion estimates are subject to modification and, if applicable, GSFA will provide updates to such estimates to Customer when available.

4. Stock / Demo Units. Notwithstanding any other provision contained in the Agreement (including Section 12 hereof concerning warranties), any Products constituting stock/demo unit(s) are sold to Customer on an as-is, first-come and first served-basis and GSFA makes no further representation or warranty to any customer with respect to such unit(s). Regardless of the terms of the Product Proposal, GSFA shall only be obligated to sell such stock/demo unit(s) to the first customer to enter into a purchase agreement with GSFA identifying such unit(s), and after the execution by GSFA of such agreement any subsequent purchase agreement (including the Agreement, as applicable) shall have no further force or effect with respect to such unit(s).

5. Multiple Unit Purchase. If the Grand Total Purchase Price includes pricing for multiple Products, the Product price stated in the Product Proposal shall only be valid if the quantity of Products being proposed are purchased at the same time, pursuant to the same Agreement. GSFA shall have no obligation to offer the same price for any Product if purchased by Customer pursuant to a later purchase agreement.

6. Late Fee; Storage Fee. A late fee equal to 0.033% of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price will be charged per calendar day for overdue payments beginning ten (10) calendar days after the payment is due and continuing for the first thirty (30) calendar days thereafter. After such thirty (30) calendar day period, the late fee shall increase to 0.044% per calendar day until payment of the outstanding portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price is received. If Customer is unable to satisfy the delivery requirements hereunder or is unwilling to take delivery of the Product, then GSFA shall be entitled to a storage charge running from the earlier of: (i) the date of delivery agreed to between GSFA and Customer (provided GSFA is willing and able to deliver the Product on such date), or (ii) twenty-one (21) calendar days after GSFA notifies Customer that the Product is available for delivery. The storage charge is equal to: (i) $175.00 per calendar day per apparatus stored, or (ii) the actual charges incurred by GSFA with a third party for storage of the Product, whichever is greater. Such storage charge shall continue until the actual time #15..
- 629 -
3 of delivery and Customer’s possession of the Product, and any such storage by GSFA or such third party shall be at the sole risk of Customer.

7. Delivery; Inspection and Acceptance.
a. Delivery. Subject to Section 5 hereof, the Product is scheduled to be delivered to the location and within the time period specified in the Product Proposal. Such delivery date is an estimate, and GSFA is, notwithstanding this Section 7.a, not bound to such date unless it otherwise agrees in a separate writing to complete delivery by a date certain. For the avoidance of doubt, GSFA is not responsible for delivery delays caused by or because of actions, omissions or conduct of Customer, the Manufacturer, or their respective employees, affiliates, suppliers, contractors, and carriers. Risk of loss for the Product shall pass to Customer at the point and time of delivery (which shall include an attempted delivery by GSFA which cannot be completed due to any act of Customer). However, title to the Product shall only pass to Customer upon delivery if Customer has then fully paid GSFA all amounts due hereunder (including additional amounts due under any valid Change Order). Absent GSFA’s separate written agreement, which it may or may not provide in its sole and absolute discretion, delivery of the Product will not occur before Customer has fully paid all amounts due under the Agreement and provided proof of insurance reasonably satisfactory to GSFA. If GSFA permits Customer to take possession of the Product, Customer may not mount equipment, conduct training, or place the Product into service until all amounts due under the Agreement have been paid. If Customer has ordered multiple Products, GSFA reserves the right to deliver such Products in installments and to separately invoice Customer for such Products.
b. Inspection and Acceptance. Upon delivery, Customer shall have ten (10) calendar days within which to inspect the Product for substantial conformance to the Specifications, and in the event of substantial nonconformance to the Specifications to furnish GSFA with written notice sufficient to permit GSFA to evaluate such non-conformance (“Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications”). Contingent upon part availability and Customer’s cooperation, any Product not in substantial conformance to material Specifications shall be remedied by GSFA (by repair or replacement, at GSFA’s election) within thirty (30) calendar days from GSFA’s receipt of the Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications. In the event GSFA does not receive a Notice of Nonconformance to Specifications within ten (10) calendar days of delivery, the Product will be deemed to be in conformance with Specifications and accepted by Customer.

8. Changes to Agreement Terms.
a. Change Orders. The Customer may request that GSFA incorporate a change to the Product or the Specifications for the Product, or GSFA may submit changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (pursuant to Section 8.b or otherwise) by delivering a written Change Order to the other party hereto, which shall include a description of the proposed change sufficient to permit the receiving party to evaluate such change (either, a “Change Order”). For any Change Order submitted by Customer, GSFA will provide Customer a written response (a “Response”) stating (i) whether GSFA will accommodate such Change Order (which GSFA may decide in its sole and absolute discretion); and (ii) the terms of the modification to the order, including any increase or decrease in the Grand Total Purchase Price resulting from such Change Order, a date on which any increase in the Grand Total Purchase Price must be paid, and an estimate of any effect on production scheduling or delivery resulting from such Change Order. Customer shall have seven (7) calendar days after receipt of the Response to notify GSFA as to whether Customer desires to make the changes GSFA has approved in the Response. In the event Customer countersigns GSFA’s Response, Customer shall pay the increase (or be refunded the decrease) in the Grand Total Purchase Price by the date specified in the Response. GSFA may also send Customer a Change Order to account for any changes to the Agreement required or permitted to be made by GSFA (including those changes required pursuant to Section 8.b hereof), and such Change Order shall be effective upon delivery to Customer unless Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement in accordance with Section 9. #15..
- 630 -
4 b. Additional Changes.
i. Component Price Volatility; Increases Imposed by Manufacturer. GSFA shall not be responsible for (i) any unforeseen price increase or surcharge enacted by suppliers of major components of the Product (including but not limited to commercial chassis, engine, transmission, and fire pump); or (ii) price increases imposed on GSFA by Manufacturer pursuant to Manufacturer’s terms and conditions for sale of the Product (a “Manufacturer Price Increase”), after Customer becomes bound by the Agreement. Customer shall be responsible for all amounts arising from any price increases for major components of the Product (including all associated taxes and fees thereon) for the Product or any Manufacturer Price Increases occurring after the execution of the Agreement which increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, and such amounts will be documented on a Change Order adjusting the Grand Total Purchase Price accordingly. Customer shall pay any such price increase prior to Product delivery. A Manufacturer Price Increase may include, but shall not be limited to, an increase in Product price resulting from an increase in the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (see www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) in excess of a compounded annual growth rate of five percent (5%), as measured between the month Manufacturer accepts the applicable Product order and the month that is fourteen (14) months prior to the then-current estimated Product completion date (the foregoing, a “PPI-Based Price Increase”). If, upon Customer’s receipt of a Change Order reflecting a PPI-Based Price Increase, Customer elects to terminate the applicable Product Order in accordance with Section 8.b.iii rather than pay such increase, then in lieu of the cancellation fees described in Section 9.a hereof GSFA shall be entitled to recover and Customer shall pay GSFA’s actual non-reimbursable costs incurred in connection with the Product order through the date of Customer’s termination of such Product order. ii. New Legal Standards. In the event the Product design, materials or specifications require an alteration arising from new regulations issued by any governmental entity or trade association, including, but not limited to, the NFPA, DOT, and EPA, and such alteration increases the cost of the Product to GSFA, Customer shall be responsible for changes to the Grand Total Purchase Price arising from such alteration. GSFA shall promptly notify Customer when it becomes aware of any potential or required change in regulations occurring prior to delivery that would impact the Product purchased.
iii. Change Orders. Customer shall execute any Change Order submitted by GSFA documenting any of the changes required or permitted by Sections 8.b.i and 8.b.ii above (which shall, to the extent practicable, itemize any increases in the Grant Total Purchase Price and specify a commercially reasonable date by which Customer must pay such increase), unless Customer instead elects to terminate the applicable Product order under the Agreement within fifteen (15) calendar days of Customer’s receipt of such Change Order and in accordance with Section 9.

Absent such a termination, failure to execute a Change Order does not alter Customer’s obligations under this Section 8.b.
c. Changes in Commercial Specifications. Specifications for all components of the Product manufactured by companies other than the Manufacturer are subject to change without notice. Specifications for such components will be as available at the time of manufacture of the Product. GSFA shall not be liable for any deviations in such specifications arising from a substitution of components or changes in the design of any component by their original manufacturer.

9. Termination.
a. By Customer. Customer may terminate a Product order identified in the Product Proposal or a Change Order by providing written notice to GSFA in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If Customer elects to terminate a Product order, Customer shall pay GSFA a cancellation fee as follows: (a) after the Product order is accepted and entered by GSFA, 10% of the portion of the Grand Total Purchase Price applicable to such Product (including all associated taxes, fees and costs) (such amount, the “Product Purchase Price”); (b) after completion of the preconstruction phase of the order process, 20% of the Product Purchase Price; and (c) after the requisition of any materials or commencement of any manufacturing or assembly of the Product by either GSFA or Manufacturer but before substantial completion of such Product, 50% of the Product Purchase Price. Customer shall not be permitted to terminate a Product order after substantial completion of manufacturing and assembly of such Product (excluding #15..
- 631 -
5 any Dealer Preparation or other pre-delivery services or untypical Product customization, if applicable).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the applicable tier of cancellation fee is not sufficient to cover all actual costs and fees incurred by GSFA with Manufacturer in connection with Customer’s termination of the Product order (“Manufacturer Termination Fees”), then in addition to such cancellation fee Customer shall pay the balance of all Manufacturer Termination Fees. If Customer received a Prepayment Discount, such discount shall not be considered for the purpose of calculating the above cancellation fee. The tier of cancellation fee applicable to any cancellation, as well as the determination of whether a Product has reached substantial completion, shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of GSFA. Customer may request a fee waiver, and GSFA, in its sole discretion, may agree to waive and/or adjust such fee. GSFA will return the balance of the Grand Total Purchase Price or Product Purchase Price, as applicable, within thirty (30) calendar days of the effective date of the cancellation of the Product order or termination of the Agreement.

Customer may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by GSFA after providing GSFA with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following GSFA’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as GSFA has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable.
b. By GSFA. GSFA may terminate the Agreement for an Event of Default by Customer after providing Customer with written notice in accordance with Section 16 (which notice shall describe with reasonably particularity the Event of Default justifying such termination) if such Event of Default remains uncured (if capable of cure) thirty (30) days following Customer’s receipt of such notice; provided, however, that the foregoing cure period shall continue if and for so long as Customer has commenced and is continuing to undertake commercially reasonable efforts to cure such Event of Default as promptly as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA may terminate the Agreement effective immediately upon written notice to Customer for Customer’s failure to pay any amount owed under the Agreement when due.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if Customer terminates a Product order in accordance with Section 9.a above, GSFA may elect to instead terminate the Agreement upon notice to Customer in accordance with Section 16 hereof. If GSFA terminates the Agreement in accordance with this Section 9.b, Customer shall pay the applicable tier of cancellation fee for all Products pursuant to Section 9.a above as if Customer had elected to terminate each applicable Product order.
c. Based on Discontinuation or Cancellation by Manufacturer. In the event that Manufacturer cancels a Product order (provided that such cancellation is not the result of an act by Customer in violation of the Agreement) or discontinues the manufacture of a Product prior to its completion and delivery: (i) if such Product is the only Product contemplated under the Agreement, then the Agreement shall terminate; or (ii) if additional Products are contemplated under the Agreement, then only the Product order for the applicable cancelled or discontinued Product shall be terminated. Such Agreement termination or Product termination, as applicable, shall be effective upon GSFA’s written notice to Customer of such cancellation or discontinuance in accordance with Section 16 hereof.

GSFA’s only obligation to Customer in such event shall be the return of any Prepayment paid by Customer for the cancelled or discontinued Product. For the avoidance of doubt, the cancellation fees contemplated in Section 9.a hereof shall not apply in the event of a termination pursuant to this Section 9.c.

10. Customer’s Obligations. Customer shall provide its timely and best efforts to cooperate with GSFA and Manufacturer during the Product manufacturing process. Reasonable and timely cooperation includes, without limitation, Customer’s providing timely information in response to any requests from Manufacturer or GSFA and the participation of Customer’s authorized representatives in traveling to Manufacturer’s facility for inspections and approval of the Product, including a final approval before the Product leaves Manufacturer’s facility.

11. Representations and Warranties. Customer hereby represents and warrants to GSFA as of the Executed Date that the execution of the Agreement and the purchase of the Product(s) and performance of the other obligations #15..
- 632 -
6 of Customer under the Agreement have been approved by Customer in accordance with applicable general laws and, as applicable, Customer’s charter, ordinances, purchasing policies, and other governing documents, and executed by the appropriate Customer employees, officials, and/or representatives, and funding for Customer’s performance of its obligations under the Agreement has been duly budgeted and appropriated by Customer.

12. Standard Warranty. All applicable Manufacturer warranties are contained in the Product Warranties. Any additional warranties must be expressly approved in a writing signed by GSFA, and Customer acknowledges and agrees that Manufacturer will not be liable for any such additional warranties. a. Disclaimer. OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT, GSFA, ITS AFFILIATES, AND THEIR

RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, SHAREHOLDERS, AGENTS, OR REPRESENTATIVES, DO NOT MAKE

ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT (WHETHER RELATING TO THE CONDITION

OR QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT, OR OTHERWISE) PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR OTHERWISE REGARDING THE

AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WITH RESPECT TO ANY APPLICABLE DEALER PREPARATION), WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABILITY, THE IMPLIED WARRANTY AGAINST INFRINGEMENT, THE

IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED.

STATEMENTS MADE BY SALES CONSULTANTS OR IN PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS DO NOT CONSTITUTE WARRANTIES. b. Exclusions of Incidental and Consequential Damages. In no event shall GSFA be liable for consequential, incidental, or punitive damages incurred by Customer in connection with any matter arising out of or relating to the Agreement, or the breach thereof, even if GSFA has been advised of the possibility of such damages, and regardless of whether such damages arise out of breach of warranty, the Agreement, indemnity, whether resulting from nondelivery or from GSFA’s own negligence, or otherwise, except and solely to the extent such damages arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of GSFA.

13. Default. The occurrence of one or more of the following events (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a default under the Agreement: (a) Customer’s failure to pay any amounts due or to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (b) GSFA’s failure to perform any of its obligations under the Agreement; (c) either Party becoming insolvent or becoming subject to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings; (d) any representation made by either Party under the Agreement which is false in any material respect; (e) any action by Customer to dissolve, merge, consolidate or transfer a substantial portion of its property to another entity during the term of the Agreement; (f) any other material breach of the terms of the Agreement by a Party; or (g) a default or breach by Customer under any other agreement with GSFA or its affiliates.

14. Indemnification of GSFA. Customer shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless GSFA, its agents, servants, successors and assigns from and against all losses, damages, injuries, claims, demands and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and other legal expenses, of whatever nature (“Damages”), to the extent Damages arise out of or in connection with: (i) Customer’s breach of the Agreement, or (ii) Customer’s use, storage, or operation of the Product following delivery, regardless of where, how, and by whom operated (excluding any negligent operation by GSFA).

The indemnification and assumptions of liability and obligation herein provided shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the termination of the Agreement, whether by expiration of time, by operation of law or otherwise.

This provision is not intended to and shall not constitute the exclusive remedy of the Parties under the Agreement; the Parties may seek indemnity from one another under other legal principles, whether based in equity or law, so long as they do not nullify or cancel the effects of this paragraph.

15. Force Majeure. GSFA shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default of any provision of the Agreement on account of delays in performance due to causes which are beyond GSFA’s or Manufacturer’s control and which make GSFA’s performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes or labor unrest, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of federal, state or local government, failure or delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, supply chain issues, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed #15..
- 633 -
7 products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorism, failure of transportation, disease, pandemics or epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similar to those within the scope of this clause) to perform their agreements or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdown, or interruption of work.

16. Notice. Any notices, requests, consents, claims, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder must be given in writing at the address of each Party set forth below, or to such other address as either Party may substitute by written notice to the other in accordance with this Section 16, by one of the following methods: hand delivery; registered, express, or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or nationally recognized private express courier. All such communications will be deemed to have been given: (i) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt); (ii) on the third (3rd) calendar day after the date mailed, by registered, express or certified mail; or (iii) when delivered by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized private express courier.

GSFA: CUSTOMER:

Golden State Fire Apparatus Inc. To the address listed in the Product Proposal 7400 Reese Road
Sacramento, CA 95828

17. Contradictions. In the event of a conflict between the Agreement and any Change Order, or between Change Orders, the terms of the latest executed Change Order shall control.

18. Manufacturer’s Statement of Origin. It is agreed that the manufacturer’s statement of origin (“MSO”) for the Product covered by the Agreement, if applicable, shall be retained and remain in the possession of GSFA per California Department of Vehicles (DMV) directives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GSFA shall provide Customer with the original MSO if the Customer is self-registering, and Customer shall comply with all good-faith Process of Duty and other DMV requirements applicable to the Product and retain its own MSO.

19. Assignment. The relationship of the Parties established under the Agreement is that of independent contractors and neither Party is a partner, employee, agent, or joint venturer of or with the other. Neither Party may assign its rights and obligations under the Agreement unless it has obtained the prior written approval of the other Party.

20. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Disputes. Without regard to any conflict of laws provisions, the Agreement is to be governed by and under the laws of the state of California. Prior to taking any legal action that may and/or can arise out of the Agreement, the Parties shall first attempt mediation with an agreed upon mediator. If the Parties cannot agree upon a mediator within thirty (30) calendar days of the submission of written notice of a dispute in accordance with Section 16 hereof, if any disputed matter remain unresolved within thirty (30) calendar days of the commencement of discussions, or if any party refuses to meet, then either party may submit any remaining disputes concerning and/or claim regarding the Agreement and/or the terms and conditions herein to the Superior Court, County of Sacramento (and the parties expressly consent to exclusive personal jurisdiction and venue before such court).

21. Entire Agreement; Amendments. The Agreement, including the Product Proposal, its exhibits, and all valid Change Orders, is the exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter contained herein and therein. No change in, modification of, or revision of the Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of both Parties with authority to sign such amendments to the Agreement.

END OF STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS
#15..
- 634 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

SPECIFICATIONS
Exhibit “B”
3 #15..
- 635 -
Proposal Details Report
OptionCode Type Option ProposalText
0766611 Boiler Plates, Pumper

Golden State Fire Apparatus is pleased to submit a proposal to City Of Modesto for a Pierce® triple combination pumper per your request for quotation. The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 75 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 62,500 apparatus, including more than 33,900 on Pierce custom chassis designed and built specifically for fire and emergency applications. Our Appleton, Wisconsin facility has over 870,000 total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 105 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facility has 300,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 38 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication, but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material is for reference only, and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2004 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2003 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society B2.1-2000 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses alloy rods, type 7000 and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire and every three (3) years thereafter. Pierce also employs and American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. These standards sponsored by the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) specify the quality systems that are established by the manufacturer for design, manufacture, installation and service. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand.

That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least two (2) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available on the Pierce Training website. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than 9/15/2024
Customer: City of Modesto Bid Number: 929
Representative Young, Dewayne Job Number:

Requirements Manager: Organization: Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc Description: Velocity Type 1 Pumpers (37460
Chassis: Velocity Chassis (Big Block), 2010
Body: Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen
Bid #: 929 1
#15..
- 636 -
ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle.

The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by Golden State EVS by operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within seventy five (75) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $5,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 35 personnel, dedicated to customer support, which also maintains a 24 hour 7 day a week toll free hot line, four (4) on staff EVTs, and offers hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER

COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000
General Aggregate $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

COMMERCIAL AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

UMBRELLA/EXCESS LIABILITY INSURANCE
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance Bid #: 929 2
#15..
- 637 -
requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder. 0661794 Single Source Compliance

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pumphouse (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) and body will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.
0584456 Manufacture Location, Appleton,
Wisconsin
Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin. 0584452 RFP Location: Appleton, Wisconsin

0588609 Vehicle Destination, US
0670275 Unit to be Similar in some Aspects,
Excluding Pump Panel

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
The apparatus being proposed will be designed and built to match the 30973. However, some variation may be necessary due to changes in our manufacturing processes or our product offering. Revisions in NFPA guidelines and/or other regulations may also affect our ability to match the previous unit.
0816491 Comply NFPA 1900 Changes
Effective Jan 1, 2024, With
Exceptions
NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.
0533347 Pumper/Pumper with Aerial Device
Fire Apparatus
0588611 Vehicle Certification, Pumper

Bid #: 929 3
#15..
- 638 -
0661778 Agency, Apparatus Certification,
Pumper/Tanker, U.L.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

PUMP TEST
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the pump. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the pump manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, Underwriters Laboratory (UL) will test, approved, and certify the generator. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and have the sample certified that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection. 0816495 Certification, Vehicle Inspection
Program, NFPA 1900

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit. 0799172 FLEET CUSTOMER

0620362 Consortium, HGAC

0537375 Unit of Measure, US Gallons

0030006 Bid Bond Not Requested

BID BOND NOT REQUESTED
A bid bond will not be included. If requested, the following will apply:

All bidders will provide a bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 5 percent bid bond to accompany their bid. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S.

Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language, which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.

Bid #: 929 4
#15..
- 639 -
0816571 Performance Bond, 100% with 25%
Warranty Bond, 1 Yr, and Payment
Bond, PPI Terms
PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID:

WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.
0000007 Approval Drawing APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing. 0611571 SP Drawing, As Built, At Delivery a
Revised Print w/ Changes, FLEET

FINAL DRAWING
There will be a revised drawing of the truck with all the changes made during production provided at pickup.
0891594 SP Drawing, Cab, Top View, Seating and
EMS Cabinets, Reference OnlyFLEET

DRAWING, CAB TOP VIEW
On the sales drawing a top view of the cab seating and EMS cabinets will be provided. The top view will be a reference only of the seating and EMS cabinets in the order. 0727746 SP Drawing, Compartment Layout,
FLEET

DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes & etc. 0002928 Electrical Diagrams ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided. 0564202 Velocity Chassis (Big Block), 2010

VELOCITY CHASSIS
The Pierce Velocity® is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength and capacity for the intended load to be sustained and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.
0021007 Maximum Overall Height MAXIMUM OVERALL HEIGHT
The maximum overall height of the apparatus will be 128.00" (10'-8.00"). 0021010 Maximum Overall Length MAXIMUM OVERALL LENGTH
The maximum overall length of the apparatus will be 383.50" (31'-11.50"). 0000110 Wheelbase WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 179.50.

Bid #: 929 5
#15..
- 640 -
0000070 GVW Rating GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 43,500.
0000203 Frame Rails, 13.38 x 3.50 x .375,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF

FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.
0020018 Frame Liner Not Req'd

0508848 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non
Drive, 19,500 lb, Imp/Vel

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 19,500 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be 0 degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees. 0030264 Suspension, Front TAK-4, 19,500 lb,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/Enf/SFR

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 19,500 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of 3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims.

One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.
0087572 Shock Absorbers, KONI, TAK-4,
Qtm/AXT/Imp/Vel/DCF/Enf

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension. 0000322 Oil Seals, Front Axle FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle. 0899288 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX
MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply, Fire
Service Speed

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor MAX MSA, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed.
0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x

12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.

Bid #: 929 6
#15..
- 641 -
0000310 Request for Turning Radius Report TURNING RADIUS REPORT A turning radius analysis of the custom Pierce chassis that we are proposing will be included with this proposal. This analysis will provide information on the inside turning radius, the outside turning radius, the curb to curb turning radius, and the wall to wall turning radius. 0530464 Axle, Rear, Meritor RS24-160, 24,000
lb, Imp/Vel/Dash CF

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-24-160, with a capacity of 24,000 lb. 0544253 Top Speed of Vehicle, 68 MPH /109
KPH

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 68 mph / 109 kph. 0122075 Suspen, Rear, Standens, Spring,
27,000 lb, Imp/Vel

REAR SUSPENSION
The rear suspension will be Standens, semi-elliptical, 3.00" wide x 52.50" long, with a ground rating of 27,000 lb. The spring hangers will be castings.

The two (2) top leaves will wrap the forward spring hanger pin, and the rear of the spring will be a slipper style end that will ride in a rear slipper hanger.

A steel encased rubber bushing will be used in the spring eye. The steel encased rubber bushing will be maintenance free and require no lubrication.
0000485 Oil Seals, Rear Axle

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).
0824971 Tires, Rear, Goodyear, G622 RSD,
12R22.50, 16 ply, Single

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear® 12R22.50 radials, 16 ply all season G622 RSD tread, rated for 27,120 lb maximum axle load and 75 mph maximum speed. 0019625 Wheels, Rear, Alcoa, 22.50" x 8.25",
Aluminum, Hub Pilot, Single
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 8.25" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud 11.25" bolt circle.
0568081 Tire Balancing, Counteract Beads

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.
0620570 Tire Pressure Monitoring,
RealWheels, AirSecure, Valve Cap,
Single Axle

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of six (6) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash. 0801909 Lug Nut, Covers, Chrome

CHROME LUG NUT COVERS
Chrome lug nut covers will be supplied on front and rear wheels. 0003245 Axle Hub Covers w/center hole, S/S,
Front Axle

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.
0001960 Axle Hub Covers, Rear, S/S, High
Hat (Pair)

REAR HUB COVERS
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. 0002045 Mud Flap, Front and Rear, Pierce
Logo

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels. 0544802 Chocks, Wheel, SAC-44-E, Folding,
(Up to 44" Diameter Tires)

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be one (1) pair of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.
0544806 Mounting Brackets, Chocks, SAC-44-
E, Folding, Horizontal
Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be one (1) pair of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted one (1) forward and one (1) rearward of the left side rear tire.

Bid #: 929 7
#15..
- 642 -
0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake
System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA
1900/ULC

ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL
A vehicle control system will be provided as an integral part of the ABS brake system from Meritor Wabco.

The system will monitor and update the lateral acceleration of the vehicle and compare it to a critical threshold where a side roll event may occur. If the critical threshold is met, the vehicle control system will automatically reduce engine RPM, engage the engine retarder (if equipped), and selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to reduce the possibility of a side roll event.

The system will monitor directional stability through a lateral accelerometer, steer angle sensor and yaw rate sensor. If spinout or drift out is detected, the vehicle control system will selectively apply brakes to the individual wheel ends of the front and rear axles to bring the vehicle back to its intended direction.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco 4S4M, anti-lock braking system. The ABS will provide a four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on both the front and rear wheels. A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit will then reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

AUTOMATIC TRACTION CONTROL
An anti-slip feature will be included with the ABS. The Automatic Traction Control will be used for traction in poor road and weather conditions. The Automatic Traction Control will act as an electronic differential lock that will not allow a driving wheel to spin, thereby supplying traction at all times. The ABS electronic control unit (ECU) will work with the engine ECU, sharing information concerning wheel slip. Engine ECU will use information to control engine speed, allowing only as much throttle application as required for the available traction, regardless of how much the driver is asking for. An "off road traction" switch will be provided on the instrument panel. Activation of the switch will allow additional tire slip to let the truck climb out and get on top of deep snow or mud.
0030185 Brakes, Knorr/Bendix 17", Disc,
Front, TAK-4
BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance. 0509206 Brakes, Meritor, EX225, Disc Plus,
Rear, Single Axle
The rear brakes will be Meritor™, Disc Plus, Model EX225, disc operated with automatic slack adjusters and a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance. 0735527 Air Compressor, Brake, Wabco 26.8
CI, Paccar

AIR COMPRESSOR, BRAKE SYSTEM
The air compressor will be a Wabco single piston compressor with a 26.8 CI displacement. 0000785 Brake Reservoirs, Three BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:

Bendix® dual brake treadle valve
Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
Total air system capacity of 4,362 cubic inches
Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
Spring set parking brake system
Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) 1/4 turn drain valve on each air tank
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted same as frame color.

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets. 0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver
1200, Heater, 2010

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be WABCO System Saver 1200 with spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.
0000790 Brake Lines, Nylon BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat.

Bid #: 929 8
#15..
- 643 -
0000854 Air Inlet, w/Disconnect Coupling

AIR INLET
One (1) air inlet with 3D series male coupling will be provided. It will allow station air to be supplied to the apparatus brake system through a shoreline hose. The inlet will be located forward in the driver side lower step well of cab. A check valve will be provided to prevent reverse flow of air. The inlet will discharge into the "wet" tank of the brake system. A mating female fitting will also be provided with the loose equipment.
0000860 Outlet, Air, with shut off valve

AIR OUTLET
One (1) air outlet will be installed with a female coupling and shut off valve, located on the driver side pump panel. This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include an 85- psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line to prevent the brake system from losing all air.

Female coupling and male fitting will be .25" thread.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment. 0771656 Clamps, Air Tanks, Stainless Steel,
Heavy Duty

AIR TANK CLAMPS
All clamps supporting the chassis air tanks will be a heavy duty stainless steel style clamp. 0615609 Fittings, Compression Type, Entire
Apparatus, Single Rear Axle

COMPRESSION FITTINGS ONLY
Any nylon tube on the apparatus that is pneumatic will be plumbed with compression type fittings where applicable. Push lock fittings will not be acceptable for any pneumatic nylon tube plumbing. 0808514 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lbft W/OBD, EPA 2027, VelocityENGINE The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

Make:

Paccar
Model:

MX
Power:
510 hp at 1600rpm
Torque:
1850 lb-ft at 1000rpm
Governed Speed:
1900 rpm
Emissions Certification:

EPA 2027
Fuel:

Diesel
Cylinders:

Six (6)
Displacement:

13.7L
Starter:

DP60
Fuel Filters:

Dual cartridge style with check valve, water separator, and water in fuel sensor The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.
0000000 STF Engine Contingency Adjustment
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine,
Custom

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle." 0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated,
Paccar MX13 Engine

ENGINE BRAKE
The compression release brake option is a fully integrated MX engine braking system. It utilizes the turbocharger and back pressure valve, but adds in a hydraulically operated compression brake to increase overall retarding power.

To maximize the effectiveness of the compression brake the MX engine brake system works in conjunction with the turbocharger and back pressure valve.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.
0733852 Clutch, Fan, Air Actuated, Paccar,
VEL

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position.

Bid #: 929 9
#15..
- 644 -
0734434 Air Intake, Water & Ember Screen,
Paccar, VEL

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab. 0814375 Exhaust System, Horizontal, Right
Side

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device.

The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be a stainless steel exhaust diffuser reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser. 0734440 Radiator, VEL, Paccar

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

Supply tank will be made of heavy duty glass-reinforced nylon and the return tank will be mode of aluminum. Both tanks will be crimped onto the core assembly using header tabs and a compression gasket to complete the radiator core assembly. There will be a full steel frame around the inserts to enhance cooling system durability and reliability.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator. 0511425 Cooling Hoses, Rubber

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by the chassis manufacturer.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel "constant torque type" to prevent coolant leakage. They will react to temperature changes in the cooling system and expand or contract accordingly while maintaining a constant clamping pressure on the hose.
0001125 Fuel Tank, 65 Gallon, Left Side Fill

FUEL TANK
A 65 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at the rear of the chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A 0.75" drain plug will be located in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side of the body and is covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only." A 0.50" diameter vent will be installed from tank top to just below fuel fill inlet.

The fuel tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.
0001129 Lines, Fuel All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer. 0734402 DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under
Cab, Paccar, VEL

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 7.3 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted under the cab on the driver's side.

A fill inlet will be provided on the driver's side of the cab.

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.
0552777 Fuel Pump for Repriming AUXILIARY FUEL PUMP
An auxiliary electric fuel pump will be added to the fuel line for priming the engine. A switch located on the cab instrument panel will be provided to operate the pump.

Bid #: 929 10
#15..
- 645 -
0802279 Shutoff Valve, Fuel Lines (2) @
Above Transmission, Paccar

FUEL SHUTOFF
Two (2) shutoff valves will be installed in the fuel lines at the bulkhead junctions above the transmission.
0891206 Cooler, Engine Fuel, Paccar MX13 FUEL COOLER
An air to fuel cooler will be installed in the engine fuel return line. 0690880 No Selection Required From This
Category
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P,
w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4000P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health. A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with an amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.
0625331 Transmission, Shifter, 6-Spd, Push
Button, 4000 EVS

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be:
1st

3.51 to 1.00
2nd

1.91 to 1.00
3rd

1.43 to 1.00
4th

1.00 to 1.00
5th

0.75 to 1.00
6th

0.64 to 1.00
R

4.80 to 1.00
0684459 Transmission Oil Cooler, Modine,
External

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.
0801876 Fluid, 4000 Series Trans, Allison
Approved TES-668 Synthetic, IPOS,
Custom

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.
0001375 Driveline, Spicer 1810 DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent. 0734211 Steering, Sheppard M110 w/Tilt, TAK4, Paccar Pump, w/Cooler, Paccar

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided. For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and Paccar hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.
0001544 Not Required, Steering Assist
Cylinder on Front Axle

0509230 Steering Wheel, 4 Spoke without
Controls

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4- spoke design.

Bid #: 929 11
#15..
- 646 -
0690274 Logo/Emblem, on Dash

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be:   MODESTO
The second row of text will be:  FIRE
The third row of text will be:   DEPARTMENT
0612391 Oil, Steering Gear, 15W40, CK-4 STEERING GEAR OIL 15W 40, CK-4 oil will be provided for the steering gear. 0536235 Bumper, 19" Extended, Steel Painted,
Imp/Vel
BUMPER
A one (1) piece bumper manufactured from 0.25" formed steel with a 0.38" bend radius will be provided. The bumper will be a minimum of 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange, and will extend 19.00 " from the face of the cab. The bumper will be 102.00" wide with 45 degree corners and side plates. The bumper will be metal finished and painted job color.

To provide adequate support strength, the bumper will be mounted directly to the front of the C channel frame. The frame will be a bolted modular extension frame constructed of 50,000 psi tensile steel.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and the cab face. The pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration.
0616492 Tray, Hose, Center, 19" Bumper,
Outside Air Horns, Imp/Vel

CENTER HOSE TRAY
A hose tray, constructed of aluminum, will be placed in the center of the bumper extension.

The tray will have a capacity of 150' of 1.75" double jacket cotton-polyester hose.

Black rubber grating will be provided at the bottom of the tray. Drain holes are also provided. 0633479 Hose Restraint, Bumper Tray, Velcro
Straps, Pair
Center Hose Tray Restraint
There will be one (1) pair of hose tray restraint straps located over the center mounted tray.

The restraints will be a pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with Velcro® fasteners provided. The strap(s) will be used to secure the hose in the tray.
0510226 Lift & Tow Package, Imp/Vel, AXT,
Dash CF

LIFT AND TOW MOUNTS
Mounted to the frame extension will be lift and tow mounts. The lift and tow mounts will be designed and positioned to adapt to certain tow truck lift systems.

The lift and tow mounts with eyes will be painted the same color as the frame. 0002007 Tow Eyes, Painted, Below Deck

TOW EYES
Two (2) painted steel tow eyes will be installed under the bumper and attached to the front frame members. The tow eyes will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 6,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle. The tow eyes will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will have a 0.25" radius.

The tow eyes will be painted job color.
0030434 Travel Stops, Front Inlet/Outlet
Swivel, Qty & Location

SWIVEL STOPS
Installed on the front bumper extension will be one (1) sets of stainless steel rods to limit the travel of a front outlet or inlet swivel. Two (2) stainless steel rods, for each application, will be threaded into the bumper deck and mounted driver side swivel. 0822915 Coating, Top Flange, Front Bumper,
Outside Exterior, Rhino Lining, Black

RHINO COATING - FRONT BUMPER
Protective black Rhino Linings® coating will be provided on the outside exterior of the top front bumper flange. It will not be sprayed on the underside of the flange.

The lining will be properly installed by an authorized Rhino Linings® dealer.

Bid #: 929 12
#15..
- 647 -
0668315 Cab, Velocity FR, 7010 Raised Roof

CAB
The Velocity cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and will be manufactured by Pierce Manufacturing.

To provide quality at the source and single source customer support, the cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be of heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), B-pillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts) and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of 0.25" heavy wall extrusions joined by a solid A356-T6 aluminum joint casting.

The B-pillar and C-pillar will also be constructed from 0.25" heavy wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 4.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 3.00" x 2.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 7.50" x

3.50" x 0.125" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.75" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.25" thick firewall, covered with a 0.125" front skin (for a total thickness of 0.38"), and reinforced with 24.50" wide x 10.00" deep x 0.50" thick supports on each side of the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will be welded to the A-pillar,

0.25" firewall, and engine tunnel, on the left and right sides.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.1875" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.25" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.44" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with three (3) 0.50" plates bolted together that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the front of the cab to the 0.1875" thick engine tunnel, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be a full-tilt style. A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately 102.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 112.00". The raised portion will start at the most forward point of the Bpillar and continue rearward to the back of the cab. The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight ratings, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight.

Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The cab will have an interior width of not less than 93.50". The driver and passenger seating positions will have a minimum 24.00" clear width at knee level.

To reduce injuries to occupants in the seated positions, proper head clearance will be provided.

The floor-to-ceiling height inside the forward cab will be no less than 60.25". The floor-to-ceiling height inside the crew cab will be no less than 62.95" in the center position and 68.75" in the outboard positions.

The crew cab will measure a minimum of 57.50" from the rear wall to the backside of the engine tunnel (knee level) for optimal occupant legroom.

FENDER LINERS
Full-circular, aluminum, inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece, safety glass windshield with more than 2,802 square inches of clear viewing area will be provided. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: the outer light, the middle safety laminate, and the inner light. The 0.114" thick outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with a washer, in conformance with FMVSS and SAE requirements, will be provided. The wiper blades will be 21.65" long and together will clear a minimum of 1,783 square inches of the windshield for maximum visibility in inclement weather.

The windshield washer fluid reservoir will be located at the front of the vehicle and be accessible through the access hood for simple maintenance.

FAST SERVICE ACCESS FRONT TILT HOOD
A full-width access hood will be provided for convenient access to engine coolant, steering fluid, wiper fluid, cab lift controls, headlight power modules, and ember separator. The hood will also provide complete access to the windshield wiper motor and components. The hood will be contoured to provide a sleek, automotive appearance. The hood will be constructed of two (2) fiberglass panels bonded together and will include reinforcing ribs for structural integrity. The hood will include air cylinders to hold the hood in open and closed positions, and a heavy duty latch system that will meet FMVSS 113 (Hood Latch System). The spring-loaded hood latch will be located at the center of the hood with a double-action release lever located behind the Pierce logo. The two (2)-step release requires the lever first be pulled to the driver side until the hood releases from the first latch (primary latch) then to the passenger side to fully release the hood (secondary latch).
0724207 Engine Tunnel, X12-15, MX13, Foil
Insulation w/Mech Fasteners, Velocity
FR

ENGINE TUNNEL
To provide structural strength, the engine tunnel sidewalls will be constructed of 0.50" aluminum plate that is welded to both the 0.25" firewall and 0.38" heavy wall extrusion under the crew cab floor. To maximize occupant space, the top edges will be tapered.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Bid #: 929 13
#15..
- 648 -
0818272 Cab Insulation, Extreme Climate, Foil
Insulation, Impel/Velocity

INSULATION PACKAGE
All insulation utilized in the cab construction will be provided for extreme climate temperatures.

The insulation will be provided in the following areas:

Engine tunnel
Cab and crew cab floors
Cab and crew cab step wells
Cab and crew cab doors
Cab roof
Cab and crew cab walls
0677478 Rear Wall, Exterior, Cab, Aluminum
Treadplate

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered. 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual
Override, Imp/Vel

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided, consisting of an electric-powered hydraulic pump, fluid reservoir, dual lift cylinders, remote cab lift controls and all necessary hoses and valves. The hydraulic pump will have a backup manual override, for use in the event of an electrical failure.

The cab lift controls will be located at the driver side front of the cab, easily accessible under the full width front access hood. The controls will include a permanently mounted raise/lower switch.

For enhanced visibility during cab tilt operations, a remote control tether with on/off switch will be supplied on a coiled cord that will extend from 2.00' (coiled) to 6.00' (extended).

The cab will be capable of tilting 42 degrees and 80 degrees with crane assist to accommodate engine maintenance and removal. The cab pivots will be located 46.00" apart to provide stability while tilting the cab.

The rear of the cab will be locked down by a two (2)-point, automatic, hydraulic, double hook mechanism that fully engages after the cab has been lowered (self-locking). The dual 2.25" diameter hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the cab is in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the driver side between the chassis and cab frame when cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift safety system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled. 0550343 Special Circuit, Cab Tilt w/o Ignition
Switch

CAB TILT CIRCUIT
The cab tilt mechanism will be operational with the battery switch on and with parking brake set. 0751126 Grille, Bright Finished, Painted Mesh
Screen, Front of Cab, Impel/Velocity

GRILLE
An aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a formed bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab, and will serve as an air intake to the radiator. The mesh screen will be painted black #101.
0751883 Scuffplate, S/S, Top, Cabinet Door(s),
Each

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
There will be two (2)polished stainless steel scuffplate(s) provided for the top edge of the exterior door frame located LS5 and RS5. Each scuffplate will be stainless steel with a .38" lip down. 0752555 Scuffplate, S/S, Striker Side, Cabinet
Door(s), Each

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
There will be two (2)polished stainless steel scuffplate(s) provided for the latch side of the door frame located LS5 and RS5. Each scuffplate will be stainless steel with a .38" lip down. 0002224 Scuffplates, S/S At Cab Door Jambs,
4-Door Cab

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.
0012226 Scuffplates, S/S Corner Guard,
Polished, Rear Cab Corners

SCUFFPLATES, REAR CAB CORNER GUARDS
Both rear cab corners will be furnished with a full height, polished stainless steel corner guard scuffplate. The guard will extend 1.00" from the corner to protect paint from damage when pulling items (such as booster hose) around the cab.
0527032 Trim, S/S Band, Across Cab Face,
Rect Lights, Velocity

FRONT CAB TRIM
A band of 22 gauge polished stainless steel trim will be installed across the front of the cab, from door hinge to door hinge. The trim band will be centered on the head lights and applied with two (2)-sided tape. A 0.625" self adhesive trim strip will be applied around the perimeter of the trim band.

There will be polished stainless steel corner covers provided over the painted cab corner where the cab turn signals are located.

Bid #: 929 14
#15..
- 649 -
0015440 No Chrome Molding, On side of cab

0783530 SP Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR, All
Heated/Remote, w/Convex, Dr Mnt,
Add Wiring

MIRRORS
One (1) Ramco, Model 8000-PCHR, polished aluminum mirror will be mounted on each of the cab doors. The mirrors will be 9.25" wide x 13.50" high with a convex section.The mirror head will have a highly polished aluminum finish.

The flat glass in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

The convex section in each mirror will be heated and adjustable, with remote controls that are convenient to the driver.

For ease of maintenance each mirror will be provided with an additional 6.00" of wiring for service needs.
0667937 Door, Full Height, Velocity FR 4-Door
Cab, Raised Roof

CAB DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab doors will be a minimum of 43.59" wide x 76.46" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab doors will measure a minimum of

37.87" wide x 85.50" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.125". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

The forward cab door windows will include a 7.50" high x 10.00" wide drop area at the front to enhance visibility.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door. The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab and crew cab door.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The cab steps at each cab door location will be located inside the cab doors to protect the steps from weather elements.
0655511 Door Panel, Brushed Stainless Steel,
Impel/Velocity 4-Door Cab
Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel. The cab door panels will be removable.
0667905 Storage Pockets w/ Elastic Cover,
Recessed, Overhead, Impel/Velocity
FR

RECESSED POCKET WITH ELASTIC COVER
To provide organized storage (clutter control) in the cab for miscellaneous equipment, the cab interior will be provided with recessed storage pockets. The pockets will be 5.63" wide x 2.00" high x 4.00" deep. The pockets will be provided with a perforated elastic material cover to secure the equipment in the pocket. The pockets will be installed in all available mounting locations of the overhead console.
0637961 SP Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab
Doors, DS Instr Pnl Swtch, Imp/Vel
FR

ELECTRIC WINDOW CONTROLS
Each cab entry door will be equipped with an electrically operated tempered glass window. Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second. The driver control panel will contain a control switch for each cab door's window. This control panel will be located within easy reach to the driver in the center instrument console. The officer and crew cab door control panels will contain a single switch to operate the window within that door.

The window switches will be connected directly to the battery power. This allows the windows to be raised and lowered when the battery switch is in the off position. 0662776 Electric Door Locks, Cab Doors,
Conceal Switch Feature, Imp/Vel

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and passenger doors will have a door lock master switch (custom designed rotary lock knob) built into the interior door latch that will control all front and rear side exit door locks.

Each rear cab door will have its own lock control. Each door will have a keyed exterior lock mechanism built into the door handle assembly.

There will be one (1) concealed switch located DS Pump Panel switch panel.

The lock system will include two (2) key FOBs that allow for keyless entry into the vehicle. The key FOB system will use code hopping technology for high security and be FCC part 15 compliant.

Bid #: 929 15
#15..
- 650 -
0555485 Steps, 4-Door Full Tilt Cab, Imp/Vel

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 31.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 24.25" wide with an 8.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 18.00" in height and be limited to two (2) steps. 0770194 Handrail, Exterior, Knurled, Alum, 4-
Door Cab

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress. 0892637 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps,
P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (4) white P25 LED step lights provided. The lights will be installed at each cab and crew cab door, one (1) per step. The lights will be located in the driver side front doorstep, driver side crew cab doorstep, passenger side front doorstep and passenger side crew cab doorstep.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15.00" x 15.00" square placed 10.00" below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30.00" x 30.00" square at the same 10.00" distance below the light.

The light(s) will have a chrome housing.

The lights will be activated when the adjacent door is opened. 0002140 Fenders, S/S on Cab

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings. 0592071 No Windows, Side of Crew Cab,
Vel/Imp
0568605 Not Required, Interior Trim, No Cab
Side Windows
0667980 Windows, (2), Front of Crew Cab, 10"
Raised Roof, Impel/Velocity FR

FRONT WINDOWS FOR RAISED ROOF
To enhance both visibility out of and light penetration into the crew cab, two (2) bonded windows will be provided in the front slanted portion of the raised roof. Each window will be approximately

15.00" wide x 7.00" high. The profile of the glass will match the painted metal side sheet opening, creating a uniform threshold appearance. The windows will be bonded to the vehicle using urethane adhesive.
0509286 Not Required, Windows Rear of Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel
0558334 Not Required, Trim, Cab Rear
Windows, No Rear Windows

0887710 Window Coatings, Solar Film,
Cab/Crew Cab

WINDOW COATINGS
All cab and crew cab windows will have solar window film applied. The solar film will block UV rays and excess heat while not impacting the visibility or clarity of the window. 0721071 Compt, Storage, 10.71 W x 30 H x 14
D, (1) Ea Side C/C, Sgl Pan, Imp/Vel

STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
Provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access doors, will be a storage compartment.

The compartments will be 10.71" wide x 30.00" high x 14.00" deep.

There will be two (2) single pan doors painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-ring latch, one (1) on each side of the cab. A chain for each exterior door will be provided as a door stop.

The compartment interior will be painted spatter gray.

Compartment Light
There will be four (4) white Amdor, LED strip lights provided, one (1) each side of compartment door openings.
0794837 Scuffplates, S/S, Door Frame, Three
Sides, Exterior Cab Compts

SCUFFPLATE
Both crew cab exterior compartments will be furnished with a scuffplate on three (3) sides of each door frame. Each scuffplate will be polished stainless steel with a 0.38" lip down.

Bid #: 929 16
#15..
- 651 -
0798178 Matting, Turtle Tile, Auxiliary
Compartment

MATTING IN AUXILIARY COMPARTMENT
Turtle Tile vinyl matting will be provided in two (2) auxiliary compartment(s) located LS4 and RS4.

Tile color will be black.

The matting will be 0.75" thick and be cross bonded by 0.25" diameter ribbed sections spaced for aeration.
0123686 Drip Rail, Cab Roof,
Impel/Velocity/Velocity SLT

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab. The drip rail will be constructed of bright polished extruded aluminum, and be bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof. 0199285 Visor, Exterior, Vel/Imp

EXTERIOR VISOR
The exterior sun visor will be a painted composite to match the job color. The five (5) forward facing marker lights will be mounted to the visor.
0731390 SP Holder, Cup, 4" Diameter x 4" High x
1" Slit on Side, Matting, Alum, Each,
Color

CUP HOLDER
There will be four (4) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will be 4.00" in diameter x 4.00" high. An approximate 1.00" wide recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles.

Black rubber matting will be provided on the bottom of each cup holder.

The cup holder(s) will be constructed of aluminum and painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint and located Mount At Pickup.
0629017 Work Surface, 3/16" Alum, Full
Engine Tunnel, Lower Rear, Rear Lip,
Vel/Imp FR

WORK SURFACE
There will be a work surface provided on the engine tunnel. The work surface will cover the entire engine tunnel and will be constructed of 0.188" aluminum to allow the mounting of equipment.

The work surface will continue horizontally to the flat portion at the rear of the engine tunnel. The work surface will drop to the lower flat portion of the engine tunnel and finish at the end of the engine tunnel. The lower portion of the work surface will be provided with a 3.00" lip. The work surface will be painted to match the cab interior.
0745931 SP Modification, Reinforcement, Officer's
Side Recessed Dash, AXT, Imp/Vel

MODIFICATION/REINFORCEMENT OF OFFICER'S DASH
The area under the officer's side dash will be reinforced with an aluminum plate for a more rigid mounting for the customer's computer mount. The plate will be painted to match the cab interior. 0748671 Cab Interior, Vinyl, Velocity FR,
CARE

CAB INTERIOR
With safety as the primary objective, the wrap-around style cab instrument panel will be designed with unobstructed visibility to instrumentation. The dash layout will provide the driver with a quick reference to gauges that allows more time to focus on the road.

The center console will be a high impact ABS polymer and will be easily removable.

The passenger side dashboard will be constructed of painted aluminum for durability and low maintenance. For enhanced versatility, the passenger side dash will include a flat working surface.

To provide optional (service friendly) control panels, switches and storage modules, a painted aluminum overhead console will also be provided.

To complete the cab front interior design, painted aluminum modesty panels will be provided under the dash on both sides of the cab. The driver side modesty panel will provide mounting for the battery switch and diagnostic connectors, while the passenger side modesty panel provides a glove box, and ground access to the main electrical distribution panel via quick quarter turn fasteners.

To provide a deluxe automotive interior, the engine tunnel, side walls and rear wall will be covered by a leather grain vinyl that is resistant to oil, grease, and mildew.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. The headliner panel will be a composition of an aluminum panel covered with a sound barrier and upholstery.

The cab structure will include designated raceways for electrical harness routing from the front of the cab to the rear upper portion of the cab. Raceways will be extruded in the forward door frame, floor, walls and overhead in the area where the walls meet the ceiling. The raceways located in the floor will be covered by aluminum extrusion, while the vertical and overhead raceways will be covered by painted aluminum covers. The raceways will improve harness integrity by providing a continuous harness path that eliminates wire chafing and abrasion associated with exposed wiring or routing through drilled metal holes. Harnesses will be laid in place.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl. All cab interior materials will meet FMVSS 302 (flammability of interior materials).
0667943 Cab Interior, Paint Color,
Impel/Velocity FR

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The following metal surfaces will be painted black, vinyl textured paint:

Modesty panel in front of driver
Vertical surface of dash in front of the officer (not applicable for recessed dash) Glove box in front of the officer (if applicable)
Power distribution in front of the officer
Rear heater vent panels
The remaining cab interior metal surfaces will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint.

Bid #: 929 17
#15..
- 652 -
0509532 Floor, Rubber Padded Cab & Crew
Cab, Imp/Vel, Dash CF

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels. 0894651 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Velocity FR,
w/PACCAR, CARE

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:

One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the left side cab window One (1) adjustable will be directed towards the right side cab window Six (6) fixed outlets will be directed at the windshield The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield.

The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be no auxiliary heater provided in the rear facing seat risers.

Air Conditioning
A 13.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes.

The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel.

The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:

Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab Four (4) will be directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:

Five (5) will be directed towards crew cab area
A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan.

No pumps will be provided.

The drain tubes will terminate under the cab, on the inboard side of the front wheelwells. 0627910 Sun Visor, Vinyl/Fabric, Imp/Vel

SUN VISORS
There will be two (2) vinyl covered sun visors provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a polished stainless steel bracket provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.
0762975 SP Grab Handles, Driver and Passenger
Door Post, Black Powdercoat,
Imp/Vel

GRAB HANDLE
A black powder coated grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver side and passenger side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handle will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.
0002526 Light, Engine Compt, All Custom
Chassis

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
An engine compartment light will be installed under the engine tunnel, of which the switch is an integral part. Light will have a 0.125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention.

Bid #: 929 18
#15..
- 653 -
0122516 Fluid Check Access, Imp/Vel

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface. The door will be flush with the wall of the engine tunnel.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling. An additional port will be provided for filling the engine oil.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.
0002501 Map box, 4 bin/30 Deg Slant, Custom
Chassis

MAP BOX
A map box with four (4) bins, open from top, will be installed mounted at pickup. The map box will be divided into four (4) bins, each being 12.50" wide x 2.25" high x 12.00" deep. Each bin will slant 30 degrees from horizontal. The map box will be constructed of .125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.
0583042 Side Roll and Frontal Impact
Protection

CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:

A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event.

A slave SRS sensor will be installed in the cab to provide capacity for eight (8) crew cab seating positions.

A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.

A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.

A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.

Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.

Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event.

Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:

Driver side front air bag
Passenger side knee bolster air bag
Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:

Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place 0622619 Seating Capacity, 4 Belted Seats SEATING CAPACITY The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be four (4).

Bid #: 929 19
#15..
- 654 -
0697005 Seat, Driver, Pierce PS6, Premium,
Air Ride, High Back, Safety,

PRIMARY

DRIVER SEAT
A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include electric controls to adjust the rake (15 degrees), height (1.75" travel) and horizontal (7.00" travel) position. Electric controls will be located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have a reclining back, adjustable from 20 degrees back to 45 degrees forward. Providing for maximum comfort, the seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, for lower back support, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. The lumbar adjustment lever will be easily located at the lower outboard position of the seat cushion. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0696996 Seat, Officer, Pierce PS6, Premium,
Air Ride, High Back, Safety,

PRIMARY

OFFICER SEAT
A Pierce PS6® seat will be provided in the cab for the officer. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple passenger configurations, the seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0002517 Not Required, Radio Compartment
0765826 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 30.5 W x
30 H x 24 D, Ext Acc Only, Imp/Vel

REAR FACING LEFT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the left side outboard position with exterior access.

The cabinet will be 30.50" wide x 30.00" high x 24.00" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will provide exterior access only with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-ring latch. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The clear door opening will 19.50" wide x 27.50" high.

The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0102783 Not Required, Seat, Rr Facing C/C,
Center
0815943 SP Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.5 W x
30 H x 21.5 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg,
Imp/Vel

REAR FACING RIGHT SIDE CABINET
A rear facing cabinet will be provided in the crew cab at the right side outboard position. The cabinet will be mounted off the edge of the seat riser.

The cabinet will be 26.50" wide x 30.00" high x 21.50" deep.

The cabinet will include no adjustable shelves or traysin the cabinet interior.

The cabinet will include no louvers.

The cabinet will only provide access from outside the cab with one (1) reverse hinged double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-ring latch. A pneumatic stay arm will be provided as a door stop. The exterior clear door opening will be 19.50" wide x 27.50" high. The door will be located on the side of the cab over the wheelwell.

The exterior access will be provided with a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the lower door frame.

The cabinet will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Cabinet Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light installed on the left side of the exterior cabinet door opening. The lighting will be controlled by an automatic door switch. 0108189 Not Required, Seat, Forward Facing
C/C, LS Outboard
Bid #: 929 20
#15..
- 655 -
0122743 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, Ctr, (1) Pierce
PS6, Premium, Hi-Back, Safety,

SECONDARY

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, Pierce PS6® seat provided at the center position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 7.5 degree fixed recline angle, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following feature incorporated into the side roll protection system:

A seat safety system will be included. When activated this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position. 0622576 Seat, Fwd Fcng C/C, RS Otbrd,
Pierce PS6, 9 Deg Hi-Back,
Foldup,Safety,SECONDARY

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style. To provide improved ride comfort, and maximize accessibility to the crew cab, the seat will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions, and the seat back will be provided with 9 degree fixed recline angle. To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle, that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:

Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position.

A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

DOOR PAN SCUFFPLATE
There will be a polished stainless steel scuffplate on the interior door pan of two (2) cabinet door (s) located One (1) - LS5 One (1) - RS5.
0746506 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides,
2nd

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a 2.00" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be one (1) cabinets(s) provided with the lip 16"W x 20" L, in essence creating a tray to be mounted on engine tunnel work surface at Pickup.
0752005 Lip, Top of Interior Cabinet, All Sides

LIP ON CABINET
There will be a 1.00" lip provided around the top perimeter of the cabinet. There will NOT be anything stored on the top portion without restraints
There will be two (2) cabinets(s) provided with the lip Drivers and passenger side EMS cabinet. 0786483 Matting, Turtle Tile, w/Ramp, Cab
Cabinet Floor

CABINET FLOOR MATTING
There will be Turtle Tile® matting provided on the floor of two (2) cabinet(s) located RS5 and LS5.

The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be Black in color.
0820412 Fasteners, Mechanical, Strip Lighting,
Cab Compartments

BRACKETS/CLAMPS FOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Metal clamps will be used to retain the strip lighting in all cab compartments. 0766467 Upholstery, Seats In Cab, All Vinyl,
Seats Inc, CARE

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab will have four (4) seating positions.
0543991 Bracket, Air Bottle, Hands-Free II,
Cab Seats

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest.

For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G.

There will be a quantity of one (1) SCBA brackets.
0639023 SP Driver Seat Hooked to Battery
Switched IPO Ignition Switched

DRIVER SEAT POWER
The driver seat power for the adjustability will be powered when the master battery switch is turned on in place of the standard ignition switched.

Bid #: 929 21
#15..
- 656 -
0734952 Door, Access, Front, (2) Rear Facing
Seat Risers, No Heater

ACCESS DOOR
An access door will be provided in the front edge of each rear facing seat riser with a drop down door. The drop down door will be provided with a Southco C2 chrome raised trigger lever latch and painted to match the cab interior. There will be no louvers. 0603867 Seat Belt, ReadyReach

SEAT BELTS
All seating positions in the cab, crew cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have red seat belts.

To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will also include the ReadyReach D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only. 0604867 Seat Belt Height Adjustment, 4 Seats,
Imp/Vel, Dash CF

SHOULDER HARNESS HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT
All seating positions furnished with 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include a height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter.

A total of four (4) seating positions will have the adjustable shoulder harness. 0627014 Pick Not Required, Seat Belt Color
Selected in Seat Belt Category

0817557 Helmet Storage, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.
0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4
Lts

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon, 808* series, dual LED dome lights with grey bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.
0650184 Lights, Dome, Weldon, Dual LED

ADDITIONAL DOME LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Weldon 8080/8081 series, dual LED dome lights with grey bezel(s) mounted in the cab and/or crew cab located cantered above the foreword facing rear center seat, lined up and equally spaced with the two outer dome lights.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED(s) will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED(s) will be controlled by the lens switch.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0896451 Enhanced Software for Cab and
Crew Cab Dome Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.
0631776 Not Required, Overhead Map Lights

0816997 Portable Hand Light, Provided by Fire
Dept, NFPA/ULC 2024

PORTABLE HAND LIGHTS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The hand lights are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount these hand lights.
0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges,
Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel will consist of gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lights, alarms, control switches, and a diagnostic panel. The function of instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary.

The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section directly forward of the driver. Gauge and switch panels will be designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) ivory gauges with chrome bezels to monitor vehicle performance:

Voltmeter gauge (Volts)
Low volts (11.8 VDC)
Bid #: 929 22
#15..
- 657 -
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
High volts (15 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very high volts (16 VDC)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Tachometer (RPM)
Speedometer (Primary (outside) MPH, Secondary (inside) Km/H) Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions)
Low fuel (1/8 full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Very low fuel (1/32) fuel
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine oil pressure gauge (PSI)
Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Front air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Rear air pressure gauge (PSI)
Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm
Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Transmission oil temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Engine coolant temperature gauge (Fahrenheit)
High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarm Red indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions) Low fluid (1/8 full)
Amber indicator on gauge assembly with alarm
All gauges and gauge indicators will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located above and below the center gauges. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:

Low coolant
Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
Check engine
Check trans (check transmission)
Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat)
Air rest (air restriction)
Caution (triangle symbol)
Water in fuel
DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
Trailer ABS (where applicable)
Wait to start (where applicable)
HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) ABS (antilock brake system)
MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) SRS (supplemental restraint system) fault (where applicable) DEF (low diesel exhaust fluid level)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:

Warning (stop sign symbol)
Seat belt
Parking brake
Stop engine
Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:

Left turn
Right turn
Battery on
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:

High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for 3 to 5 seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

Emergency master switch: A molded plastic push button switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. Pressing the switch will activate emergency response lights and Bid #: 929 23
#15..
- 658 -
siren control. A green lamp on the switch provides indication that the emergency master mode is active. Pressing the switch again disables the emergency master mode.

Headlight / Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking lights and the headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch position will activate the headlights.

Panel backlighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position decreases the panel backlighting intensity to a minimum level as the switch is held. The second switch position is the default position that does not affect the backlighting intensity. The third switch position increases the panel backlighting intensity to a maximum level as the switch is held.

The following standard controls will be integral to the gauge assembly and are located below the right hand gauges. All switches have backlit labels for low light applications.

High idle engagement switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position.

The second switch position will activate and deactivate the high idle function when pressed and released. The "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "Ok To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

The following standard controls will be provided adjacent to the cab gauge assembly within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided.

The first switch position will deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will disable the Command Zone audible alarm if held for 3 to 5 seconds. A green indicator lamp will be activated with vehicle ignition.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine. The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation. 4-way hazard switch: A two (2)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate the 4-way hazard switch function. The second switch position will activate the 4-way hazard function. The switch actuator will be red and includes the international 4-way hazard symbol.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight and windshield wiper/washer controls will be provided. The windshield wiper control will have high, low, and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the driver's side, up to four (4) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the driver, up to four (4) switch panels in the overhead console on the officer's side and up to two (2) switch panels in the engine tunnel console facing the officer. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership. Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:

Engine diagnostic port
Transmission diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic port
SRS diagnostic port (where applicable)
Command Zone USB diagnostic port
ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel.

The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function.

The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display, along with other configuration specific information:

Odometer
Trip mileage
PTO hours
Fuel consumption
Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm.

The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.

Bid #: 929 24
#15..
- 659 -
0509511 Air Restriction Indicator, Imp/Vel,
AXT, Dash CF, Enf MUX

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
0606017 SP Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln
VTX609R Red LED 2lts, DS PS
Indicator
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model VTX609R, red LED indicator lights with chrome trim located in the driving compartment. The lights will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." One (1) light will be installed over the driver's position.

One (1) light will be installed over the passenger's position in the cab.

One light will indicate the status of the doors on the driver's side of the apparatus and one light will indicate the status of the doors on the passenger's side and rear of apparatus.

All other items that activate the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light will activate both flashing red indicator lights.

The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a steady tone alarm when the parking brake is released.
0509042 Messages, Open Dr/DNMT, Color
Dsply,

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):

Do Not Move Truck
DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open)
PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)
Rear Body Door Open
DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down)
Deck Gun Not Stowed
Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
Stabilizer Not Stowed
Steps Not Stowed
Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.
0611681 Switching, Cab, Membrane,
Impel/Velocity/Quantum, Dash CF,
AXT WiFi MUX

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include non-functioning black appliqués. Documentation will be provided by the manufacturer indicating the rated cycle life of the switches. The switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position above the windshield on the driver side overhead to allow for easy access.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.
0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with
Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity

WIPER CONTROL
For simple operation and easy reach, the windshield wiper control will be an integral part of the directional light lever located on the steering column. The wiper control will include high and low wiper speed settings, a one (1)-speed intermittent wiper control and windshield washer switch.

The control will have a "return to park" provision, which allows the wipers to return to the stored position when the wipers are not in use.
0820921 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Term, Blue Sea 1045, Batt Dir, 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be As marked on IP layout - in reach of driver on middle console (Match 37460).

Termination will be a Blue Sea Systems, part number 1045, dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed.

Bid #: 929 25
#15..
- 660 -
0821260 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt
Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate Back of Officer Side Rear Facing EMS Cabinet (Match 37460).

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set. 0821263 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate Back of Officer Side Rear Facing EMS Cabinet (Match 37460).

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821266 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt
FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 2nd
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 20 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate Front Bulkhead of LS2, as high and inboard as possible (Match 37460.

Termination will be to a Blue Sea System, Model 5026, 12 circuit with negative bus bar, straight blade fuse block. The terminal block will include a cover with circuit labels.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821329 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC Batt Dir
1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 10 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate Under Crew Cab Seat Base. (Match 37460).

Termination will be with 3/8" studs and plastic covers.

Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

Battery direct loads cannot be Load Managed
0821470 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB
Termination 1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) dual USB fast charge socket mounts installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 4.8 amps at 12 volts DC.

The USB socket mount will be As marked on IP layout - in reach of driver on middle console (Match 37460).

Termination will be a dual USB charger socket.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

This circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0821725 Wiring, Spare, 3 A 12V DC Batt Dir
1st NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be three (3) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power.

The negative wire will be connected to ground.

Wires will be protected to 3.0 amps at 12 volts DC.

Power and ground will terminate Per Switch Panel Layout, And at the forward facing rear seat pedestal (Match 37460).

Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover.

Wires will be sized to 125% of the protection.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed
Bid #: 929 26
#15..
- 661 -
0822008 SP Wiring, Spare, (1) 20A 12V DC, Multi
Loc, LS Bdy/Rear, Batt Dir,1st
NFPA1900/ULC

SPARE CIRCUITS
There will be one (1) shared 20 amp circuit, including a positive and a negative wire, dropped out in multiple locations on the apparatus. All dropout locations will be wired in a parallel configuration.

The above wires will have the following features:

The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery power The negative wire will be connected to ground
Wires will be circuit protected at 12 volts DC
The spare wiring circuit will be located and terminated as follows:

Spare circuit drop #1 will Front Bulkhead of RS3, as high and inboard as possible (Match 37460) and termination with a Blue Sea 20 Amp six (6) circuit fuse block Spare circuit drop #2 will Adjacent to 6 circuit fuse block in RS3 and termination with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover
Spare circuit drop #3 will not be required and termination is not required with no location Spare circuit drop #4 will not be required and termination is not required with no location Spare circuit drop #5 will not be required and termination is not required with no location Spare circuit drop #6 will not be required and termination is not required with no location Wires will be sized to 125 percent of the protection.

Battery Direct loads cannot be Load Managed.
0566101 Recess, Dash Panel, Officer Side,
Vel/Imp

DASH PANEL RECESS
The dash panel across from the officer will be recessed to accommodate the mounting of miscellaneous items. The recess will be 7.25" down x 7.81" back and 20.88" wide. 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color
Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:

Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
Five weather resistant user interface switches
Grey with black accents
Sunlight Readable
Linux operating system
Minimum of 1000nits rated display
Display can be changed to an available foreign language A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.

Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:

An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages.

A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):

Battery Voltage
Fuel
Oil Pressure
Coolant Temperature
RPM
Water Level (if equipped)
Foam Level (if equipped)
Foam Concentration (if equipped)
Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
Water Used (if equipped)
Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:

Bid #: 929 27
#15..
- 662 -
Diagnostics
Faults
Listed by order of occurrence
Allows to sort by system
Interlock
Throttle Interlocks
Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
Load Manager
A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.

The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed. "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen.

Systems
Command Zone
Module type and ID number
Module Version
Input or output number
Circuit number connected to that input or output
Status of the input or output
Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information Foam (if equipped)
Pressure Controller (if equipped)
Generator Frequency (if equipped)
Live Data
General Truck Data
Maintenance
Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Pump oil (if equipped)
Foam (if equipped)
Aerial (if equipped)
Setup
Clock Setup
Date & Time
12 or 24 hour format
Set time and date
Backlight
Daytime
Night time
Sensitivity
Unit Selection
Home Screen
Virtual Button Setup
On Scene Screen Setup
Configure Video Mode
Set Video Contrast
Set Video Color
Set Video Tint
Do Not Move
The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated Driver Side Cab Door
Passenger's Side Cab Door
Driver Side Crew Cab Door
Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
Driver Side Body Doors
Passenger's Side Body Doors
Rear Body Door(s)
Ladder Rack (if applicable)
Deck Gun (if applicable)
Light Tower (if applicable)
Hatch Door (if applicable)
Stabilizers (if applicable)
Steps (if applicable)
Notifications
View Active Alarms
Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
Timer Screen
HVAC (if equipped)
Tire Information (if equipped)
Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen. 0734854 Collision Mitigation, Not Requested

Bid #: 929 28
#15..
- 663 -
0606247 Vehicle Data Recorder w/CZ Display
Seat Belt Monitor

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:

Vehicle Speed - MPH
Acceleration - MPH/sec
Deceleration - MPH/sec
Engine Speed - RPM
Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
ABS Event - On/Off
Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off
Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected.

Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display.

The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:

Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:

The home screen is active:
and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park. 0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-
Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2obC, U3805

INTERCOM SYSTEM
There will be a four (4) position David Clark, Model U3800, intercom system with single radio interface capability at the driver and officer positions and remote radio push to talk buttons located to match 37460 01-05. Two (2) crew cab outboard seats will have intercom only capability.

The following components will be provided:

One (1) U3805 Radio Cord Junction Module
Two (2) U3815 Radio interface modules (Driver, Officer) Two (2) Remote Push To Talk Button Kits
One (1) U3800 Master station (1 Crew)
One (1) U3801 Remote headset intercom station (1 Crew)
One (1) C3820 Power cord
All necessary station cables and connectors
0637058 David Clark Universal Radio
Interfaces Included with Single/Dual
System

RADIO / INTERCOM INTERFACE INCLUDED
All radio interfaced stations will have universal radio interfaces installed. The interface wiring will be routed within the cab to for a Motorola APX 7500 .
0589947 Headset, David Clark, H3432 Over
The Head, Flex Mic, Push On Push
Off

OVER THE HEAD HEADSET
There will be four (4) over the head, headset(s) provided each seat.

Each David Clark, Model H3432, headset will feature:
5' Coiled cord
Noise cancelling electric microphone
Flexible microphone boom rotates 200 degrees for left or right dress Microphone on/off button
Comfort Gel Earseals
23 dB noise reduction
0819255 Hangers For Headsets, NFPA/ULC
2024, Each

HEADSET HANGERS
There will be four (4) headset hanger(s) installed driver's seat, officer's seat, driver's side outboard forward facing seat and passenger's side outboard forward facing seat. The hanger(s) will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA and ULC standards for equipment mounting. 0559156 Install Customer Provided Two-Way
Radio(s)

TWO WAY RADIO INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) customer supplied two way radio(s) sent to the apparatus manufacturers preferred radio installer to be installed Match 37460 per the shipping document.

No antenna mount or whip will be included in this option.

Specific radio shipping requirements will be followed.

Bid #: 929 29
#15..
- 664 -
0687904 Antenna Mount, Custom Chassis,
Cable Routed to Behind Officer Seat

RADIO ANTENNA MOUNT
There will be two (2) standard 1.125", 18 thread antenna-mounting base(s) installed on each side of the cab on the cab roof with high efficiency, low loss, coaxial cable(s) routed to behind the officer seat. A weatherproof cap will be installed on the mount. 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera,
SD, CL714

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:

One (1) Standard Definition (SD) camera located at the rear of the apparatus, pointing rearward, displayed automatically with the vehicle in reverse.

The camera images will be displayed on the left side vehicle information center display. Audio from the microphone on the rear camera will be not provided.

The following components will be included:

One (1) SV-CW134639CAI Camera
All necessary cables
0814831 Not Required, Camera Switcher Camera Switcher
A camera switcher is not required.
0637350 SP Recess, Rear Vision Camera,
Painted

RECESS REAR CAMERA
The rear camera located Below Traffic Light Stick, Rear of Body will be recessed. The recess will be painted job color.
0896458 Pierce Command Zone, Advanced
Electronics & Control System, Vel
WiFi CZT

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting.

Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits. All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include a see through housing, a power indicator, a status indicator and circuit indicators located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:

Green LED indicator light for module power
Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation No moving parts due to transistor logic
Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators Integrated electrical system load management without additional components Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:

Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications
Operating temperature from -40C to +70C
Storage temperature from -40C to +70C
Vibration to 50g
IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC
The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:

Text description of active warning or caution alarms
Simplified warning indicators
Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
Bid #: 929 30
#15..
- 665 -
Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz.

The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and highpowered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility. 0896456 Prognostics, Electrical System

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:

Engine oil and filter
Transmission oil and filter
Bid #: 929 31
#15..
- 666 -
0730603 Electrical System, Velocity ESP,
Cummins, Paccar

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal.

Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery. 0098841 Batteries, (6) Deka Grp 31, 1000
CCA each, Threaded Stud

BATTERY SYSTEM
Six (6) 12 volt, Deka, Model 1231MF, maintenance free group 31 batteries that include the following features, each, will be provided:
1000 CCA (cold cranking amps)
185 reserve capacity
High cycle
Ref. CA of 1190 at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
185 reserve capacity
Threaded studs
0008621 Battery System, Single Start, All
Custom Chassis

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.
0123174 Battery Compartment, Imp/Vel

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
The batteries will be stored in well-ventilated compartments that are located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery compartments will be constructed of 3/16" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The compartments will include formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery tray inserts with drains on each side of the frame rails. The batteries will be mounted inside of the roto-molded trays.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be installed on the battery box on the driver's side. This will allow enough room for easy jumper cable access. 0803511 Not Required - Battery Charger
Included In Inverter/Charger Category
0814995 Not Required, Location Picked From
Location,Inverter/Battery
Charger/Conditioner
0815058 Picked from Location, Ind/Remote,
Inverter/Battery Chgr/Cond Cat
Bid #: 929 32
#15..
- 667 -
0822831 SP Inverter/Battery Charger, Xantrex
Frdm XC Pro 818-2010, Sw,
NonNFPA 2024 100 Amp

INVERTER / BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Xantrex part number 818-2000, inverter/battery charger with internal transfer relay provided.

There will be an Master on/off switch provided in the driver side cab switch panel.

The battery charger DC output will be 100A.

The inverter will be connected to the batteries through proper fusing and also to shoreline AC power.

An auto transfer switch will be included allowing AC loads connected to the inverter to be powered from the battery whenever shoreline AC power is not available, and the main chassis battery switch is on. If shoreline AC power is available, the battery charger function will be active and the AC loads connected.

Per NFPA1900, 2024 Edition 21.5.5.2*
The alternator and/or battery system will be adequate to provide power for continuous operation for a minimum of 2 hours at full output.

Per the fire department specifications, if all DC loads on the NFPA required electrical analysis report are active, the alternator cannot provide adequate power for continuous operation for 2 hours. The apparatus will be non-compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution.

Load management will be activated in low voltage situations, and the inverter will be deenergized until chassis electrical system voltage recovers. 0814936 Location, Body, Inverter/Battery
Charger, Forward Compartment, LS
The battery charger/inverter will be located in the left side forward body compartment located on the left wall as high as practical.
0812411 Display, Kussmaul Single Bat Status
Ind 091-94-12, Wired to Batteries

BATTERY CHARGE DISPLAY
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-94-12, universal single battery bank bar graph display provided.

The display will read voltage direct from the battery system. 0814950 Location, Cab, Ind/Remote Display,
Cab Seat Riser, LS
The battery charger/Inverter status indication/display(s) will be located in the cab left side seat riser.
0016837 Shoreline, 20A 120V, Straight Blade
NEMA 5-20

SHORELINE
There will be one (1) 20 amp 120 volt AC straight blade inlet(s) NEMA 5-20 with gray cover(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline will be connected to Charger and 120v Circuits.

A mating connector body will also be supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0026800 Shoreline Location The shoreline receptacle will be located in the driver side lower step well of cab. 0036802 Sub Feed Breaker Box Cutler
Hammer, For Shoreline

SUB FEED CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX (shoreline)
A Cutler Hammer sub feed box will be supplied to protect the on board circuits when an auxiliary power source is used.

The box will be installed in the match 37460.

The sub feed box will distribute power to specific circuits in the vehicle.

A directory for each breaker will be provided adjacent to the circuit breaker panel.

Identification of circuits will be done in a durable manner that provides years of service. 0764491 Alternator, 420 amp, Leece-Neville
BLP4003

ALTERNATOR
There will be a Leece-Neville, Model BLP4003, alternator provided. It will have a rated output current of 420 amp as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral, self diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.

Bid #: 929 33
#15..
- 668 -
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:

System voltage monitoring.

A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.

Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.

Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.

High Idle to not be controlled by the load manager.

If enabled:
"Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.

Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up.

Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed.

The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:

Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition.

Individual load managed item condition:

ON = not shed
SHED = shed

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch.

When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at half-second intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at halfsecond intervals:

Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
Third Evaporator (if applicable)
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo
2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel

HEADLIGHTS
There will be four (4) JW Speaker®, Model 8800, 4" x 6" rectangular LED lights mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
the outside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 low beam module the inside light on each side will contain a part number 055***1 high beam module the headlights to include chrome bezels
The low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch is on.

The high beam and low beam lights will be activated when the headlight switch and the high beam switch is activated.
0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab
Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts,
Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600® series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided.

The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be the same color as the LED's. 0805325 Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED,
15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M62T*, amber LED directional lights provided on the rear wall of the cab, driver and passenger side, as low as possible. The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

Each light will be surface mounted in a 15 degree angled bracket with chrome housing.

The flash pattern of the directional lights will be Steady On (Arrow). 0620054 Light, Directional/Marker,
Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29
LED 2lts

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.

Bid #: 929 34
#15..
- 669 -
0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front,
P25 LED 7 Lts

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided to indicate the presence and overall width of the vehicle in the following locations:

Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield.

Two (2) amber LED marker lights will be installed, one (1) on each side above the cab doors. 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear,
Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) Truck-Lite®, Model 33050R, LED lights used as identification lights recessed and located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

As close as practical to the vertical centerline
Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart Red in color
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:

To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the rear
All at the same height
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite, Model 33050R, LED lights recessed on the side of the apparatus as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:

To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
As near the top as practical
Red in color
To be visible from the side
All at the same height
There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.
0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red
Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For
Hsg

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:

Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED,
For Tail Lt Housing
There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing. 0889571 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25
LED, Stainless Brkt, Loc

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided and located TBD at pre-construction.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.
0556842 Bezels, Wln, (2) M6 Chrome Pierce,
For mtg (4) Wln M6 lights

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights. 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO
1040

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.
0049818 Guard, Alum Treadplate Over Lights

PROTECTIVE COVER FOR LIGHTS
There will be two (2) aluminum treadplate cover(s) installed above the light(s) located Body Scene Lights above compartments to protect them from damage.

Bid #: 929 35
#15..
- 670 -
0672480 Light, Marker, P25, Recessed in
Running Board

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) pairs of LED marker lights recessed in the running boards, or rub rails, of the apparatus. The lights placed on the side will have amber lenses and the lights placed to the rearward most part of the truck's body will have red lenses only. The marker lights will be wired to the running lights of the vehicle.
0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-
WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq Model E10-WS00-1, 6.44" long x 1.38" high x 1.00" deep 12 volt DC weatherproof LED lights with a fabricated aluminum 45 degree brackets provided under the cab and crew cab access areas:

One (1) for the driver's access.

One (1) for the passenger's side front cab access door.

One (1) for the passenger's side crew cab access door.

One (1) for the driver's side crew cab access door.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the adjacent doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0780178 SP Lights, Perimeter Pump House,
TecNiq E10-WS00-1 6.39" LED 2lts

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model E10-WS00-1, 1.39" high x 6.39" long 12 volt DC LED light with white LEDs provided under the pump panel running boards, one (1) each side.

The lights will be controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights. 0780176 SP Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq E10-
WS00-1 6.39" LED 2lts, Rear Step

BODY PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) TecNiq, Model E10-WS00-1, 1.39" high x 6.39" long 12 volt DC LED lights white LEDs provided at the rear step area of the body, one (1) each side shining to the rear.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when a switch within reach of the driver is activated, a cab door is open and the parking brake is applied.
0780173 SP Lights, Perimeter, TecNiq E10-WS00-
1 6.39" LED

ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be four (4) TecNiq, Model E10-WS00-1, 1.39" high x 6.39" long light(s) with white LEDs provided under below LS1, Below LS3, below RS1, below RS3.

These additional lights will be controlled with the other body perimeter lights. 0896454 Enhanced Software for Perimeter Lts

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.
0793062 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Control
Feature

STEP LIGHTS
There will be four (4) white LED step lights will be provided. One (1) step light will be provided on each side, on the front compartment face and two (2) step lights at the rear to illuminate the tailboard.

These step lights will be activated when the parking brake is applied.

All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0892654 Light, Step, Additional, P25 LED

ADDITIONAL STEP LIGHT
There will be Model P25 white LED step lights with chrome housing to provide additional lighting.

The step lights will be installed (2) on the back of the cab to illuminate the walking surface accessed by the pool ladder and (1) on the RS cargo sheet angled toward the pool ladder (match 37460 01-05). The quantity of additional step lights will be three (3) lights.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of

1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The additional step lights will be activated by the same means as the standard step lights. 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer,
Cnt Feature, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the front visor, centered.

The housing(s) painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

These light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

Bid #: 929 36
#15..
- 671 -
0774308 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
2nd
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, driver side cab, at the transition to the raised roof, as high as possible.

The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774309 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC,
1st
12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model P*H2*, 17,750 lumens 12 volt DC powered lights with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics installed on the apparatus located, passenger side cab, at the transition to the raised roof, as high as possible.

The light(s) to be installed in a 15 degree vertical recessed bracket.

The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the left side pump panel and by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0774296 Housing, Recessed Light, Horizontal
Mt

HOUSING TO MOUNT RECESSED LIGHT ONTO A HORIZONTAL SURFACE There will be two (2) housings fabricated with painted aluminum installed on the apparatus LS and RS rear facing Scene Lights for the 12 volt DC recessed lights. 0766906 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1*, Pioneer, 12
VDC, 1st
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model PCPSM 1*, 10,444 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light(s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, one each side rear body.

The light(s) will include black housing(s) with a black cover.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by a switch in a recessed cup located at the driver's side rear bulkhead.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the right side of the body located, Centered over RS2. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The light(s) will include the following:
10 scene light modules with white LEDs
Three (3) amber LEDs as marker lights
Two (2) additional LED modules. The additional modules to be two (2) warning light modules with red LEDs.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights to be steady burning when the headlight switch is on.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the passenger's side scene light(s).

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS
Body
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model S44M**, 19,440 lumens 44.00" 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs provided on the left side of the body located, Centered over LS2. The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated per the following:

The amber marker lights to be steady burning when the headlight switch is on.

The scene LEDs will be controlled by a switch at the left side pump panel, by a switch at the passenger's side switch panel and by the same control that has been selected for the driver's side scene light(s).

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the flashing warning LED modules when selected.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 0532358 Not Required, Deck Lights, Other
Hose Bed & Rear Lighting

Bid #: 929 37
#15..
- 672 -
0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr,
Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts

LIGHTS BELOW HOSE BED COVER
There will be four (4) Amdor Model AY-LB-12HW040, 700 lumens, 40.00" white LED lights provided to illuminate the hose bed area.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the driver's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

Two (2) LED light strips will be installed on the passenger's side hose bed cover 30.00" from the front and rear of the hose bed, as close to the hinge as practical.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and when the hosebed cover is raised. 0645677 Lights, Not Required, Rear Work, Alt.
12 Volt Lights At Rear Body
0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose
Bed Cover, Overall Height
Restrictions

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be eight (8) P25 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome housing provided on the hose bed cover to illuminate the walking surface. The lights will be located near the hose bed cover hinges evenly spaced four (4) on each side. The lights will be activated when the body step lights are on. 0060100 Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen

0554271 Body Skirt Height, 20"

0028294 Tank, Water, 500 Gallon, Poly, Short WATER TANK Booster tank will have a capacity of 500 gallons and be constructed of polypropylene plastic by United Plastic Fabricating, Incorporated.

Tank joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

Tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

Longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and will extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow for positive welding.

Transverse partitions will extend from 4.00" off the bottom of the tank to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions will interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

Tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene. It will be recessed .38" and will be welded to the tank sides and the longitudinal partitions.

Tank top will be sufficiently supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions. Two (2) of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump that will be sized dependent on the tank to pump plumbing will be provided at the bottom of the water tank.

Sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated cradle assembly constructed of structural steel.

Sufficient crossmembers will be provided to properly support bottom of tank. Crossmembers will be constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank will "float" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing. Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops or other provision will be provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Mounting system will be approved by the tank manufacturer. 0003405 Overflow, 4.00" Water Tank, Poly

Fill tower will be constructed of 0.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a 0.25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle. 0028104 Foam Cell Required
0010755 Drain, Tank - 2.00" TANK DRAIN
A 2.00" tank drain will be installed with a 2.00" ball valve located underneath the left front compartment that is properly labeled.
0553729 Not Required, Restraint, Water Tank,
Heavy Duty
0003429 Not Required, Direct Tank Fill

0003424 Not Required, Dump Valve

Bid #: 929 38
#15..
- 673 -
0048710 Not Required, Jet Assist

0030007 Not Required, Dump Valve Chute

0514778 Not Required, Switch, Tank Dump
Master
0126632 Hose Bed, Galv, Pumper

HOSE BED
The hose bed will be fabricated of 12-gauge galvanneal steel.

The sides will not form any portion of the fender compartments.

Upper and rear edges of side panels will have a double break for rigidity, a split tube finish will not be acceptable.

The upper area at the rear of the hose bed will be covered with brushed stainless steel to prevent damage to painted surface when hose is removed.

Flooring of the hose bed will be removable aluminum grating with the top surface corrugated to aid in hose aeration. The grating slats will be a minimum of 0.50" x 4.50" with spacing between slats for hose ventilation.
0723549 Painted Hose Bed The hose bed interior walls will be painted to match the lower body color. 0003481 Hose Bed Capacity, Special

Hose bed will accommodate 300’ 1 ¾” , 150’ 1 ¾”, 900’ 5”, 300’ 2 ½ ”, 200’ 2 ½” , 200’ 2 ½” , 300’ 1 ¾”.
0817149 SP Divider, Hose Bed, .25" Unpainted,
Spcl Notch at the Rear, Special
Height

HOSE BED DIVIDER
Three (3) hosebed dividers will be furnished for separating hose.

The height of the hose bed divider(s) will be base dimensions of the dividers will be 107.00" long x 26.00" high. The top of the divider will be 100.00" long and angle downward at the rear (per job 37460 01-05).

Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet.

Partition will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

The rear of the divider will be supplied with a 9.00" high and 4.00" long at the rearward, upper corner (per job 37460 01-05) notch from the top of the divider.

Divider will be held in place by tightening two (2) bolts, one (1) at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0815195 Cover, Hose Bed, Alum Treadplate,
Bolted T-Bar

HOSE BED COVER
A two (2) section hose bed cover, constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished. The cover will be hinged with full length stainless steel piano hinge. The sides will be slanted down with the center of the cover supported by a stationary modular bridgework support.

The cover will be reinforced so that it can support the weight of a man walking on the cover.

The cover is designed with the left cover opening first.

If access to water tank fill tower is blocked by the hose bed cover, then a hinged door will be provided in it so that tank may be filled without raising cover doors.

Chrome grab handles and gas filled cylinders will be provided to assist in opening and closing the cover. A handrail is provided at the rear, in the center of the support, to assist in opening the cover.

The hose bed cover will be connected to the Do Not Move Truck indicator. The light will be activated if the cover is not in the stowed position and the parking brake is released. 0807353 Hose Restraint, Hose Bed, Vinyl,
Rear, Separate From Top, Split 2-Sec

HOSE RESTRAINT REAR
At the rear of the hose bed, a black vinyl flap will be provided. The vinyl flap will be split into two sections Centered. The vinyl flap will be provided with hook and loop between each section. The top of the vinyl flap will be attached to the top of the hosebed with quarter turn. At the bottom of the flap, spring clip and hook will be provided. The bottom of the flap will be chain weighted. 0630182 SP Hex Bolts and Anti-Seize Compound,
Divider

FASTENERS
All fasteners will be hex head type and have anti-seize compound applied during assembly.

A quantity of six (6) dividers on all of the hosebed dividers will be mounted with these items. 0010133 Cross-Divider, Hose Bed

A cross-divider will be provided just behind the fill tower. The divider will be bolted to the side sheet.

Bid #: 929 39
#15..
- 674 -
0767998 SP Divider, .25", Unpainted, Special
Height

HOSE BED DIVIDER ADDITIONAL
There will be three (3) additional hose bed dividers furnished.

Each divider will be constructed of a .25" brushed aluminum sheet and The base dimensions of the dividers will be 107.00" long x 26.00" high. The top of the divider will be 100.00" long and be notched at a downward angle at the rear (per job 37460 01-05) inches tall.

An oval opening will be provided near the rear of the divider to be used as a hand hold and aid in accessing the hose bed.

Divider will be fully adjustable by sliding in tracks, located at the front and rear of the hose bed.

Divider will be held in place by tightening bolts, at each end.

Acorn nuts will be installed on all bolts in the hose bed which have exposed threads.

Flat surfaces will be sanded for uniform appearance or constructed of brushed aluminum. 0755497 SP Orientation, Rear Grab Handles,
Aluminum Treadplate Hose Bed
Cover
The grab handles at the rear of the aluminum treadplate hose bed cover will be oriented so they run longitudinally versus transverse.
0644862 SP Handrail, Rear of Hose Bed Cover,
Full Width

HOSE BED COVER HANDRAIL, FULL WIDTH
The handrail at the rear of the hosebed cover will be full width. 0013512 Running Boards, 12.75" Deep

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be fabricated of 0.125" bright aluminum treadplate.

Each running board will be supported by a welded 2.00" square tubing and channel assembly, which will be bolted to the pump compartment substructure.

Running boards will be 12.75" deep and spaced 0.50" away from the pump panel.

A splash guard will be provided above the running board treadplate. 0689410 Tailboard, 20" Deep, Extended
Substructure, Angled Corners

TAILBOARD
The tailboard will also be constructed of . 125" bright aluminum treadplate and spaced .50" from the body, as well as supported by a structural steel assembly.

The tailboard area will be 20.00" deep. The outboard sides of the tailboard will be angled at 45 degrees beginning at the point where the body meets the tailboard at the forward outboard edge angling rearward to the rear edge of the tailboard.

The exterior side will be flanged down and in for increased rigidity of tailboard structure. 0690037 Wall, Rear, Smooth Aluminum/Body
Material

REAR WALL, SMOOTH ALUMINUM/BODY MATERIAL
The rear facing surfaces of the center rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

The bulkheads, the surface to the rear of the side body compartments, will be smooth and the same material as the body.

Any inboard facing surfaces below the height of the hosebed will be aluminum diamondplate. 0889214 Tow Eyes, w/Tow Bar, 2G Pumper

REAR TOW EYES
Two (2) tow eyes, which are an integral part of the body mounting substructure, will be installed below the rear of the truck.

The tow eyes will be of adequate strength to allow the truck to be pulled from the eyes.

REAR TOW BAR
One (1) tow bar will be installed under the tailboard.

The tow bar assembly will be designed and positioned to allow up to a 30-degree upward angled pull of 17,000 lb, or a 20,000 lb straight horizontal pull in line with the centerline of the vehicle.

The tow bar design will have been tested and evaluated using finite element analysis techniques. 0590934 Hose Restraint, Running Board,
Straps, FV Fastener

RUNNING BOARD HOSE RESTRAINT
A pair of 2.00" wide black nylon straps with 2.00" side release fasteners will be provided for each hose tray to secure the hose during travel. There will be Two (2) hose trays located one (1) in each side running board.
0612289 SP Tray, Hose, Running Board, Special
Dimensions

HOSE TRAY
Two (2) hose trays will be recessed one (1) in each side running board.

The size of the tray will be full length of running board, 7" deep and 9" wide.

Rubber matting will be installed on the floor of the tray to provide proper ventilation. Drain holes will be provided.

Bid #: 929 40
#15..
- 675 -
0895816 Construction, Compt, Galv, 2G
Pumper

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of galvanneal steel.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Side compartment flooring will be 12-gauge and of the sweep out design, with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The side compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again 0.75" to form an angle.

Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion, formed bright aluminum treadplate, or polished stainless steel.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear, and outward side. These covers will have the corners TIG welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

Front facing compartment walls will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

UNDERBODY SUPPORT SYSTEM
Due to the severe loading requirements of this pumper, a method of body and compartment support suitable for the intended load will be provided.

The backbone of the support system will be the chassis frame rails, which is the strongest component of the chassis and designed for sustaining maximum loads.

The support system will include 0.375" thick steel vertical angle supports bolted to the chassis frame rails with 0.625" diameter bolts.

Attached to the bottom of the steel vertical angles will be horizontal angles, with gussets welded to the vertical members, which extend to the outside edge of the body.

A steel frame will be mounted on the top of these supports to create a floating substructure, which results in a 500 lb equipment support rating per lower compartment.

The steel frames as well as the steel vertical angles will be treated with an epoxy E-coat or equivalent to provide resistance to corrosion and chemicals as standard.

The floating substructure will be separated from the horizontal members with neoprene elastomer isolators. These isolators will reduce the natural flex stress of the chassis from being transmitted to the body.

The isolators will have a broad load range, proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes.

The neoprene isolators will be installed in a modified V three (3)-point mounting pattern to reduce the natural flex of the chassis being transmitted to the body.

A design with body compartments hanging on the chassis, unsupported, will not be acceptable.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
Louvers will be stamped into compartment walls to provide the proper airflow inside the body compartments and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. Where these louvers are provided, they will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TESTING OF BODY DESIGN
Body structural analysis will be fully tested. Proven engineering and test techniques such as finite element analysis, strain gauging, and model analysis will be performed with special attention given to fatigue, life and structural integrity of the cab, body and substructure.

The body will be tested while loaded to its greatest in-service weight.

The criteria used during the testing procedure will include:

Raising opposite corners of the vehicle tires 9.00", simulating the twisting a truck may experience when driving over a curb.

Making a 90 degree turn while at 20 mph, simulating aggressive driving conditions.

Driving the vehicle at 35 mph on a washboard road.

Driving the vehicle at 55 mph on a smooth road.

Accelerating the vehicle fully, until reaching the approximate speed of 45 mph, on rough pavement.

Evidence of actual testing techniques will be made available upon request. 0053610 LS 140" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The left side compartmentation will consist of three (3) lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, single door compartment ahead of the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 22.50" wide x 66.63" high x 25.88" deep in the lower 25.00" of the compartment and 12.00" deep in the remaining upper portion. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 16.63" wide x 61.88" high.

A horizontally hinged, single lift-up door compartment over the rear wheels will be provided. The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 66.50" wide x 32.88" high x 12.00" deep. The clear door opening will be a minimum of 59.25" wide x 27.00" high.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x

12.00" deep. A section of this compartment will be 25.88" deep for the first 31.50" width x

26.00" height directly behind the rear wheels. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

43.50" wide x 62.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two (2) gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three (3)-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87, 90, or 93 degrees.

Bid #: 929 41
#15..
- 676 -
0053624 RS 140" Lap, Full Height Front &
Rear

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
The right side compartmentation will consist of three lap door compartments.

A full height, vertically hinged, double door compartment behind the rear wheels will be provided.The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 47.75" wide x 67.63" high x

12.00" deep. A section of this compartment will be 25.88" deep for the first 31.50" width x

26.00" height directly behind the rear wheels. The clear door opening will be a minimum of

43.50" wide x 62.88" high.

The interior height of the compartments will be measured from the compartment floor to the ceiling. The depth of the compartments will be measured from the back wall to the inside of the door frame.

Closing of the doors will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.

The vertically hinged doors will be furnished with a positive door holder.

The lift-up door will be furnished with two gas-charged cylinders to assist in the opening of the door and to maintain the door in an open position. There will be a field adjustable, three-position bracket mounted on the vertical side door opening that will allow the door to be held open at 87°, 90°, or 93°.
0063911 Doors, Lap w/ "D" Handles - Side
Compartments

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS
All hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and will be a minimum of 1.50" thick. The doors will be made out of the same material as the body. To provide additional door strength a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of

0.25" that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners.

All door locking mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel "D" ring handles and FMVSS approved door locking mechanisms.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the "D" ring handle and the door.
0083700 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 37.75" FF,

25.88" D

REAR COMPARTMENTATION
A roll-up door compartment above the rear tailboard will be provided.

The interior dimensions of this compartment will be 40.00" wide x 40.63" high x 25.88" deep. The spool of the rollup door at the top of the compartment takes up some usable space. The depth of the compartment will be calculated with the compartment door closed.

A louvered, removable access panel will be furnished on the back wall of the compartment.

The rear compartment will be open into the rear side compartments.

The clear door opening of this compartment will be a minimum of 33.25" wide x 30.88" high.

Closing of the door will not require releasing, unlocking, or unlatching any mechanism and will easily be accomplished with one hand.
0594003 Door, Amdor, Rollup, Rear
Compartment

ROLLUP REAR COMPARTMENT DOOR
The rear compartment will have a rollup door.

The door will be double faced, aluminum construction, satin aluminum and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors.

The door will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools.

The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The door will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar to be provided for each roll-up door. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 Nylon.

The door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.

Bid #: 929 42
#15..
- 677 -
0554995 No Body Modification Required

0026023 Scuffplate, S/S Around Fender Compt
Openings

SCUFFPLATE
A polished stainless steel scuffplate will be furnished around the opening for all of the fender compartments.
0786048 SP Scuffplate, Rear Bulkhead, Brushed
Stainless Steel, Special Size

SCUFFPLATE
One (1) scuffplate, of brushed stainless steel will be provided on the rear of the body cover Horizontal space above rear roll-up door and below hose bed, full width extending to inside edges of beavertailscover Horizontal space above rear roll-up door and below hose bed, full width extending to inside edges of beavertails.
0016023 Scuffplate, Polished S/S On Rear
Outside Edge of Body

SCUFFPLATE
A pair of polished stainless steel scuffplates will be furnished full height each side of the rear outer corners of the body.
0640432 Cable, Compartment Door

COMPARTMENT DOOR CABLE
There will be three (3) compartment doors that will be provided with a cable to stop the door in the open position.

The door(s) to receive this cable are located P4, D4, DS cargo door above pump panel. 0625184 Guard, Drip Pan, S/S, Rollup Door,
Pumper

DOOR GUARD
There will be one (1) compartment door that will include a guard/drip pan designed to protect the rollup door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed rear compartment. 0028546 D-Ring Latch for Free Door, Lap
Doors

FREE DOOR D-RING LATCH
A D-ring style latch will be provided on the free door for two (2) compartment doors. The compartmentation, to have a free door latch(es), will be RS1 and LS1. 0505888 Keyed Locks for Latches, Lap Doors
(#751 Lock)

KEYED LOCK(S)
There will be eight (8) compartment doors that require a keyed lock. The compartments to have a keyed lock will be LS1, LS2, (2) LS3, RS1, RS2 and (2) RS3. 0003919 Reverse Hinge Compartment Door REVERSE HINGED DOOR The one (1) compartment door, located on the LS3 compartment(s), will have the hinge located opposite of the standard location.
0004010 Scuffplate, Polished S/S Bottom of
Door Frame

DOOR FRAME SCUFFPLATE
Two (2) scuffplates will be provided for the lower door frame of LS2 and RS2. Each scuffplate will be polished stainless steel with a .38" lip down.
0004012 Scuffplate, Polished S/S, Inside Each
Compartment Door

SCUFFPLATE ON INTERIOR OF COMPARTMENT DOOR(S)
The six (6) compartment doors will include a polished stainless steel scuffplate to cover the entire width and height on the inside panel of each door pan.

Scuffplate will be located LS1, LS2, LS3, RS1, RS2, RS3. 0821860 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual
Light Strips, Each Side of Door, All
Compts

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be seven (7) compartments with Pierce LED compartment light strips. The strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. The compartments with these strip lights will be located RS1, RS2, RS3, B1, LS1, LS2 and LS3.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0657244 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light
Strip, 42", Additional

ADDITIONAL COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) 12 volt DC LED strip light(s) provided in the compartment(s) located in the enclosed cargo compartment at the front of the pumphouse, centered on the forward (hinged side) wall. Each light will be 42.00" in length.

Opening the compartment door(s) will automatically turn the compartment lighting on. 0562348 Fasteners, Mechanical, Strip Lighting
In Compartments

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
Metal clamps will be used to retain the strip lighting in all body compartments.

Bid #: 929 43
#15..
- 678 -
0761022 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Amdor AYLB-12HW020 Brkt

CARGO/DUNNAGE AREA LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 20.00" 12 volt DC strip light(s) with white LEDs and 45 degree aluminum housing to illuminate the cargo area. The light(s) will be located, LS rear cargo wall (match 37460 01-05).

The light will be activated when the parking brake is applied. 0660886 SP Shelf Tracks, Painted Full Height of
the Compartment

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be seven (7) sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in RS1, RS2, RS3, LS1 (Left of Partition), LS2, LS3 and B1 (note, not to pass through any transverse openings). These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s), and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior. 0625835 Shelves, Adjustable, 500 lb Capacity,
Full Width/Depth, Special Side Height

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be 13 shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

The shelves will be held in place by .12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be LS1 (1) Left of partition, LS2 (1) middle. LS3 (2) upper, (1) lower on top of the C-Tech Cabinet. B1 lower (1). RS1 (1) on ladder blister and (1) lower L-shaped below partition (Match 37460). RS2 (1) middle. RS3 (2) upper, (1) on actuator cover and (1) l.

The side height of the shelf/shelves will be as follows:

Front: 2.00" high
Rear: 2.00" high
Left & Right Sides: 2.00" high
0559456 Tray, 500 lb Slide-out, 2" Sides - Adj.

Height, Full Width

SLIDE-OUT ADJUSTABLE HEIGHT TRAY
There will be one (1) slide-out tray provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a capacity rating of up to 500 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be designed to be as wide as the compartment space will allow.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray.

Each tray will be mounted on a pair of side mounted slides. The slide mechanisms will have ball bearings for ease of operation and years of dependable service. The slides will be mounted to shelf tracks to allow the tray to be adjustable up and down within the designated mounting location.

An automatic lock will be provided for both the in and out tray positions. The lock trip mechanism will be located at the front of the tray and will be easily operated with a gloved hand.

The tray(s) will be located B1 upper.
0726457 Partition, Vertical Compt, Predefined
Locations

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (1) partition will be provided.

The partition construction will consist of body material painted spatter gray. Each partition will be the full vertical height of the compartment.

The location(s) will be in LS1, 32.00" from the forward door frame. 0003934 Dust Filter, Compt Louvers

COMPARTMENT DUST FILTERS
A total of seven (7) body compartment louvers will have a removable dust filter installed to restrict road dirt from easily entering the compartment and will be installed RS123, LS123, B1. 0028026 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compartment
Shelving Only

MATTING, COMPARTMENT SHELVING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in 14 shelves. The locations are, all shelves and trays.

The color of the Turtle Tile will be black.
0039425 Matting, Turtle Tile, Compartment
Floors, No Ramp

COMPARTMENT FLOOR MATTING
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in one (1) compartment(s). The locations are cargo compartment area.

The color of Turtle Tile will be black.
0659383 Matting, Turtle Tile w/Ramp,
Compartment Floors

MATTING, COMPARTMENT FLOOR
Turtle Tile compartment matting will be provided in seven (7) compartments on the compartment floor. The locations are, LS1, LS2, LS3, B1, RS1, RS2, RS3.

The Turtle Tile will be black and the leading edge of the matting will include the beveled edge.

The beveled edge will be black.
0755526 Pegboard, Back Wall Mounted, 3/16"
Alum, Special

PEGBOARD
There will be 3/16" thick aluminum pegboard spatter gray painted installed on the back wall of one (1) compartments. It will be mounted using two (2) horizontal tracks. Retainers will be used to mount the pegboard to the tracks. The holes will be .203" diameter , punched 1.00" on center.

The pegboard will be located in the LS3 and mounted LS3 From transition to ceiling, full width.

Bid #: 929 44
#15..
- 679 -
0549531 Tube, Storage, PVC

PVC STORAGE TUBE
A PVC storage tube will be provided for equipment storage at Mounted to the underside of the lower adjustable shelf in RS1 and B1. The dimensions of the equipment will be 2" PVC - Extending from 2" rearward of front edge of lower shelf in RS1 through B1 and stopping at the back wall of LS1.

A total of three (3) will be provided.
0024016 Rub Rail, Aluminum Extruded, Side &
Rear of Body

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side and rear of the body compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.
0784811 Fender Crowns, Rear, Stainless,
w/Removable Liner

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Polished stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings with a dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

The fender crowns will be held in place with stainless steel screws that thread directly into a composite nut and not directly into the parent body sheet metal to eliminate dissimilar metals contact and greatly reduce the chance for corrosion. Rubber welting will be provided between the body and crown.

BODY FENDER LINER
A aluminum painted to match the lower body color fender liner will be provided. The liners will be removable to aid in the maintenance of rear suspension components. 0602222 Hose, Hard Suction, 6.0", 10.0', Clear
Corrugated, Kochek

HARD SUCTION HOSE
Two (2) lengths of 6.00" Kochek Fire Grade clear corrugated hard suction hose, reinforced with a black spiral helix, 10' in length, will be provided. The hose will be equipped with a long handle female coupling on one (1) end and a rocker lug male coupling on the other end. Couplings will be black anodized hard coated aluminum.
0612955 Trough, HSH, (1), Compartment Top
Mount

HOSE TROUGH
A quantity of two (2) hard suction hose trough(s) will be compartment top mounted on a bracket, located one (1) on the left side and one (1) on the right side.

Trough(s) will be constructed of aluminum painted job color.

The hose(s) will be held in place by chrome plated, quarter turn, spring loaded clamps. 0626229 Handrails, Side Pump Panels, Per
Print

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.
0004126 Handrails, Beavertail, Standard

HANDRAILS
One (1) vertical handrail will be located on each rear beavertail. 0626125 Handrail, Rear, Below Hose Bed,
Special Location
One (1) horizontal knurled aluminum handrail will be below the hose bed at the rear of the apparatus Centered below hose bed, width to match width of rear door. . 0018723 SP Ladder, Swimming Pool, New Style,
Removable, Pump House

SWIMMING POOL STYLE LADDER
A swimming pool style ladder will be supplied for access to passenger side of pump house - same as 21897. The ladder will be constructed of aggressive grip vertical aluminum extrusion, with rubber-covered solid aluminum rungs. This ladder must easily removable. The bottom of the ladder must be mounted to the running boards and the top attached to the break on the top of the side sheet.

Bid #: 929 45
#15..
- 680 -
0827885 SP Compt, Exting (2)/O2 Bottle Fender
Panel, Flanged Tri Door
EXTINGUISHER/AIR BOTTLE/ STORAGE (Triangular)
A total of two (2) extinguisher/air bottle/storage compartments will be provided Right Side, 1 forward of rear axle and 1 rearward of rear axle. The triangular shaped compartment will be sized to fit a 8.00" diameter extinguisher in the lower area and a 8.00" diameter extinguisher as well as a 7.00" x 5.50" O2 storage area in the upper area. The compartment will be approximately 25.50" deep. A Y-shaped partition will be provided to separate the three areas of the compartment.

Also inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. The compartment will be furnished with a drain hole. A painted stainless steel, triangular shaped door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottles. The door will have a flanged edge along the top, bottom, and the straight edge of the side opposite the hinge. The side that is hinged as well as the side that is curved cannot be flanged.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT STRAP
A strap will be provided in the air bottle compartment(s) to help contain the bottles when the vehicle is parked on an incline. The strap will wrap around the neck and attach to the wall of the compartment.
0794071 SP Compt, Air Pack, Fender Panel,
Flanged Door

AIR PACK STORAGE
A total of one (1) air pack compartment(s) will be provided and located LS forward of rear axle.

The air pack compartment(s) will be tapered to match the profile of the space available in the fender. The compartment(s) will be approximately 15.50" wide at the top and 5.00" wide at the bottom for the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 15.50" tall at the body side compartment and 6.00" tall at the wheel cutout. The compartment(s) will be 26.00" deep and have a drain hole.

Inside the compartment, black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be provided.

A painted stainless steel hinged door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air pack. The door will have a flanged edge along the top, bottom, and the straight edge of the side opposite the hinge. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.
0827887 SP Compt, Extinguisher Fender Panel,

9.00" Square,Common Fuel Fill
Flanged Tri Door

EXTINGUISHER STORAGE
There will be one (1) extinguisher compartment(s) provided on the left side rearward of the rear wheels. The extinguisher compartment(s) will be in the form of a 9.00" square tube and of adequate depth to accommodate different size extinguishers. A triangular shaped painted stainless steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the extinguisher and fuel fill. The door will have a flanged edge along the top, bottom, and the straight edge of the side opposite the hinge. The side that is hinged as well as the side that is curved cannot be flanged. A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners, and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided. There will also be a drain hole for each compartment.
0625049 Cable Restraint, Air Bottle
Compartment Door(s)

AIR BOTTLE COMPARTMENT DOOR RESTRAINT
The DS forward and rearward of rear axle and PS forward and rearward of rear axleair bottle compartment doors will include a cable to prevent the door from hitting another surface. There will be four (4) cables installed.
0004225 Ladder, 24' Duo-Safety 900A 2-
Section

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be a 24' two-section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 900-A extension ladder provided. 0004230 Ladder, 14' Duo-Safety 775A Roof ROOF LADDER
There will be a 14' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 775-A roof ladder provided.

Bid #: 929 46
#15..
- 681 -
0539619 SP Rack, Ladders, Hydraulic, RS, Air
Clamps, Thru Battery Switch/No
Ignition

HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK
Ground ladders will be mounted above the right side of the hose body in a specially designed swing-down cradle. This cradle will be electric/hydraulic operated. The system design will have been life cycle tested for dependable service.

An independent hydraulic pump powered by a 12-volt electric motor will operate the hydraulics.

Operation of the hydraulic system for the ladder rack by an engine-powered pump will be totally unacceptable. The hydraulic pump and reservoir will be accessible from the ground through a stainless steel inspection door.

The ladder rack will incorporate two hydraulic rotary actuators, one each located inside the front compartment and the rear compartment. The actuators will be completely enclosed within each compartment to eliminate any pinch points while operating the ladder rack. Lifting arms will be attached outside the compartment body to the front and rear actuator. A center-lifting arm built into the compartment space is unnecessary and is unacceptable.

The rack can be designed in certain situations to provide lifting capabilities up to 500lbs.

The maximum height of the rack from the ground in the lowered position will be no more than

47.00".

The electric control panel will have a master switch on/off switch, an actuation switch, an operation indicator light and operation instructions. Power to the electric control panel will be from the battery switch. The electric controls will be located at the pump panel adjacent to the ladder rack in such a manner to allow the operator full view of the area into which the ladders will be lowered.

Two (2) air operated safety locks will be furnished to securely maintain the ladder bracket assembly in the travel position. These air operated safety locks will be controlled from the ladder rack control panel.

An aluminum treadplate enclosure shall be provided over the hydraulic ladder rack locks at the front and the rear on the right side to cover the ladder rack locks (2) and provide mounting for any rear warning lights.

Ladders will be secured to the brackets with two (2) locks retaining the roof ladder and the extension ladder. The locks will be such that when the roof ladder is removed, the clamps can be moved a half turn to hold the extension ladder in place.

LADDER RACK INTERLOCK AND NOT STOWED INDICATOR LIGHT
An interlock will be provided to prevent operation of the ladder rack unless the apparatus parking brake has been activated.

A steady red indicator light will be located on the cab instrument panel and illuminated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position. The light will be labeled "Ladder Rack". In addition, the "Do Not Move Apparatus" light located in the cab will be activated when the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position.
0755556 Lights, Hyd Lad Rack Deployed, Wln
M4**

HYDRAULIC LADDER RACK DEPLOYED LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model M4**, 3.37" high x 5.50" wide x 1.37" deep lights with chrome trim, red flashing LEDs and lens color(s) to be clear, provided per the following:

One (1) light installed on the front of the hydraulic ladder rack One (1) light installed on the rear of the hydraulic ladder rack The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the hydraulic ladder rack is not in the stowed position.
0733387 Ladder, 10' Duo-Safety Folding 585A

FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 10.00' aluminum, Series 585-A, Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed. 0761307 Mounting Clips, Folding Ladder,
Hydraulic Ladder Rack

FOLDING LADDER STORAGE
There will be mounting clips designated for (1) folding ladder. Pierce will supply and install mounting clips on the outboard side of the hydraulic ladder rack when in the stored position. 0024499 Arm, Rear, Offset, Hydraulic Rack
2000, Recess Light
The rear hydraulic rack arm will have an offset to not block the rear upper zone warning lights. 0024798 Arms, Raise Pivot Point, 6", Hydraulic
Ladder Rack
The ladder rack pivot point will be raised 6.00" on the RS to change the lifting capacity of the rack.
0816082 SP Modification, Ladder Rack, Steel
Gussets

LADDER RACK MODIFICATION
The ladder rack will be modified for increased rigidity. The rack will have a gusset on each arm.

The gussets will be constructed out of .188" steel and welded to the arms of the rack. 0816044 SP Poly Blocks, Hydraulic Ladder Rack
Scuff Pads, Mechanically Fastened,
IPOS
POLY BLOCKS w/MECHANICAL FASTENERS
High density polyethylene blocks will be provided in place of the standard rubber scuff pads on the ladder rack. Mechanical retention fasteners will be utilized on the hydraulic ladder rack polyethylene scuff pads. The mechanical fasteners will be easily removable for service and maintenance.
0898735 SP Mechanical Fasteners, Hydraulic
Ladder Rack Scuff Pads, IAT
Standard Adhesive

MECHANICAL FASTENERS
Mechanical retention fasteners will be utilized on the hydraulic ladder rack scuff pads in addition to the standard adhesive. The mechanical fastener will be easily removable for service and maintenance.

Bid #: 929 47
#15..
- 682 -
0725033 Compt w/Door, Backboard, Bottom of
4-Way Hose Bed Cover

BACKBOARD COMPARTMENT
One (1) backboard compartment will be mounted to the underside of the bright aluminum treadplate hose bed cover on the right side. The compartment(s) will be fabricated of bright aluminum treadplate and will have a bright aluminum treadplate drop-down door at the rear with lift and turn latch. The compartment(s) will be sized for a backboard 72.00" long x 16.00" wide x

2.00" high.
0567897 Pike Pole, 8' Fire Hooks Unlimited,
New York Roof Hook, Steel, Pry End,
RH-8
8' PIKE POLE
There will be one (1) Fire Hooks Unlimited, New York Hook, 8' long roof hook with steel shaft and chisel (pry) end provided Ladder Rack.
0820492 Not Required, 6' Pike Pole, Fire
Department Omits, NFPA/ULC 2024
0004361 Tubes, Alum, Pike Pole Storage

PIKE POLE STORAGE
Aluminum tubing will be used for the storage of one (1) pike pole and will be located on hydraulic ladder rack. If the head of a pike pole can come in contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.
0785102 Steps, Folding, Front of Body, Cargo
Bed Access, w/LED, Trident

FOLDING STEPS FRONT OF BODY
Folding steps will be provided full height on the left side body compartments to provide access to the cargo bed. Steps will be spaced evenly on the sales drawing. Actual quantity may vary due to pump panel interferences but will meet the NFPA required maximum stepping height.

The Trident steps will be bright finished, non-skid with a black tread coating on the stepping surface.

The step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface.

The steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. 0592995 Steps, Combo Folding Trident w/LED
& Corner, Rear Body

REAR STEPS
Aluminum treadplate corner steps and bright finished, non-skid folding steps will be provided at the rear. The folding steps will have a a black tread coating. Each folding step will incorporate an LED light to illuminate the stepping surface. The folding steps can be used as a hand hold with two openings wide enough for a gloved hand. All steps will provide adequate surface for stepping. 0586899 Step, Cargo Area, Ea.

There will be one (1) bright aluminum treadplate cover/step/s provided and installed corner step in cargo compt within the cargo area over the pump. The step will be reinforced for walking.

Bid #: 929 48
#15..
- 683 -
0007590 Pump House, Side Control, 52",
Control Zone

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly made of the same material as the rear body using tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

LEFT SIDE PUMP CONTROL PANELS
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left side of the apparatus and properly identified.

Layout of the pump control panel will be ergonomically efficient and systematically organized.

The pump operator's control panel will be removable in two (2) main sections for ease of maintenance:

The upper section will contain sub panels for the mounting of the pump pressure control device, engine monitoring gauges, electrical switches, and foam controls (if applicable). Sub panels will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. Below the sub panels will be located all valve controls and line pressure gauges.

The lower section of the panel will contain all inlets, outlets, and drains.

All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position.

The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

IDENTIFICATION TAGS
The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

All line pressure gauges will be mounted directly above the corresponding discharge control tee handles and recessed within the same chrome plated casting as the rod guide for quick identification. The gauge and rod guide casting will be removable from the face of the pump panel for ease of maintenance. The casting will be color coded to correspond with the discharge identification tag.

All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels.

The pump panel on the right side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners.

Trim rings will be installed around all inlets and outlets. 0035500 Raised Pump House Structure, Side
Control
0055681 Access Door, Cargo Compt, Left
Side, Aluminum 4-way, Vert Hinged

ACCESS DOOR
A bright aluminum treadplate door will be provided above the left side pump panel for access to the cargo compartment above the pump. This door will be hinged at the front and it will have a Dhandle latch and be as large as possible. 0759805 SP Compt, Cargo Area, Water
Resistant/Enclosed, Hatch Style
Access Door

ENCLOSED COMPARTMENT CARGO AREA WITH HATCH DOOR
A storage compartment will be located forward in the cargo area. The compartment will be constructed using an aluminum surround to make this compartment as weather resistant as possible.

A bright aluminum treadplate platform will be provided above the cargo compartment. This platform will be properly reinforced to support the weight of firefighters.

An aluminum treadplate hatch style door with a socket and plunger latch will be provided on top of the compartment. The door will be hinged along the forward edge. 0638392 SP Punch Pattern, Cargo Floor

CARGO FLOOR, PUNCHED
The bright aluminum treadplate flooring in the cargo compartment will incorporate the star punching design to create an aggressive tread.
0045679 Raise Side Sheet Above Pump
House

SIDESHEETS, PUMPHOUSE
The side sheet over the pump house will be raised to conceal the equipment stored in the cargo compartment or to align with the top of the body.

Bid #: 929 49
#15..
- 684 -
0004425 Pump, Waterous, CSU, 1500 GPM,
Single Stage
PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous CSU, 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressures indicated below:
100 percent of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure. 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure. 50 percent of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

Pump body will be close-grained gray iron, bronze fitted, and horizontally split in two (2) sections for easy removal of the entire impeller shaft assembly (including wear rings).

Pump will be designed for complete servicing from the bottom of the truck, without disturbing the pump setting or apparatus piping.

Pump case halves will be bolted together on a single horizontal face to minimize chance of leakage and facilitate ease of reassembly. No end flanges will be used.

Discharge manifold of the pump will be cast as an integral part of the pump body assembly and will provide a minimum of three (3) 3.50" openings for flexibility in providing various discharge outlets for maximum efficiency.

The three (3) 3.50" openings will be located as follows: one (1) outlet to the right of the pump, one (1) outlet to the left of the pump, and one (1) outlet directly on top of the discharge manifold.

Impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size. It will be supported at each end by sealed, anti-friction ball bearings for rigid precise support. Impeller will have flame plated hubs assuring maximum pump life and efficiency despite any presence of abrasive matter in the water supply.

Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable stuffing boxes, flinger rings, and oil seals. No special or sleeve type bearings will be used. 0004481 Seal, Grafoil, Waterous

PUMP PACKING
Stuffing boxes will be of the conventional two (2) piece, split-gland type, to permit adjustment or replacement of Grafoil packing without disturbing the pump. Water will be fed into stuffing box lantern rings for proper lubrication and cooling when the pump is operating.

Lantern rings will be located at the inner ends of the stuffing boxes, to avoid having to remove them when replacing pump packing.

Wear rings will be bronze and easily replaceable to restore original pump efficiency and eliminate the need to replace the entire pump casing due to wear. 0816447 Trans, Pump, Waterous C22 Series PUMP TRANSMISSION The pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a high strength Morse HY-VO silent drive chain. By the use of a chain rather than gears, 50% of the sprocket will be accepting or transmitting torque, compared to two (2) or three (3) teeth doing all the work.

Drive shafts will be 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel and supported by ball bearings. The case will be designed to eliminate the need for water cooling. 0635600 Pumping Mode, Stationary Only

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.
0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split
Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear. This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements. 0003148 Transmission Lock-up, EVS TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.
0004547 Auxiliary Cooling System

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve. 0014486 Not Required, Transfer Valve, Single
Stage Pump
Bid #: 929 50
#15..
- 685 -
0746501 Valve, Relief Intake, Elkhart INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP There will be One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig.

The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

The relief valve pressure control will be located behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door.
0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD,
Custom Chassis

PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.

A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes. The controller will be programmed to turn on/default to Pressure Setting mode.

In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).

In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set.

When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.

A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed.

Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.

A pump cavitation protection feature will also be provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds.

Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

The pressure controller LCD screen will be 4.20" in size with a minimum brightness of 750 nits.

The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation.

The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.

The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen - Engine RPM
Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
Engine oil pressure
Engine coolant temperature
Water pump transmission temperature
Fuel Level
Water tank level
Battery voltage
Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
Pressure or RPM setting
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions -
High battery voltage
Low battery voltage/engine off
Low battery voltage/engine running
High water pump temperature
Low fuel
Low engine oil pressure
High engine coolant temperature
Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine.

These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.

The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.
0641743 Primer, Waterous, VPO Motor, (1)
VAP Valve, (1) Push Button Control

PRIMER SYSTEM
A Waterous electric pump priming system conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards will be furnished with the apparatus.

One (1) VPO electric motor driven rotary vane primer will be provided.

One (1) VAP vacuum activated priming valve will be plumbed main pump.

One (1) momentary push-button control will be located at the pump operator's panel.

The push button control system control will operate an electric priming motor and the priming valve will automatically open during priming and close when the primer is deactivated. 0044552 Line, 0.50" Recirculating w/Check
Valve

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position. 0620445 Foam Drain(s), Special Location

FOAM DRAIN(S), LOCATION
The foam drain(s) will be located Under LS4 (matching 37460) however tucked under compartment as far as possible.

Bid #: 929 51
#15..
- 686 -
0804731 SP Thermal Relief Valve, OPM, w/Red
Warning Light, Pump In Gear,
Waterous Pump

THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
A Waterous Overheat Protection Manager (OPM) will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 140 Degrees F (60 C) and a red warning light that is triggered when the water in the pump reaches 180 F (82 C). The OPM will be powered when the pump is engaged.

The warning light will act as an additional protection device if the temperature in the pump keeps rising after the valve opens. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel.

The discharge line will be plumbed to ground.
0780364 Manuals, Pump, (2) Total, Electronic
Copies

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts. 0602512 Plumbing, Stainless Steel and Hose,
Single Stage Pump, Control Zone

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating. 0795135 Plumbing, Stainless Steel, w/Foam
System

FOAM SYSTEM PLUMBING
All piping that is in contact with the foam concentrate or foam/water solution will be stainless steel. The fittings will be stainless steel or brass. Cast iron pump manifolds will be allowed. 0004645 Inlets, 6.00" - 1250 GPM or Larger
Pump

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.
0014650 Pump Suction Tube(s), Short, All

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang. 0004646 Cap, Main Pump Inlet, Long Handle,

NST, VLH

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0533193 Valves, Elkhart Unibody - All Ball
Valves
VALVES
All ball valves will be Elkhart Unibody series. Seats will be self-adjusting for minimum operating torque and maximum abrasion resistance. The Elkhart valves will have an automatic locking feature to hold the ball in any throttle position at any operating pressure. The valve body design will allow any actuator to be mounted to the body.
0016158 Valve, Inlet(s) Recessed, Side Cntrl,
"Control Zone"
The location of the valve for the two (2) inlets will be recessed behind the pump panel. 0004700 Control, Inlet, at Valve

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve. 0004660 Inlet (1), Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug. 0004680 Inlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the right side pump panel, terminating with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug.

Bid #: 929 52
#15..
- 687 -
0034720 Anode, Zinc, Pair, Pump Inlets

ANODE, INLET
A pair of sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump inlets to protect the pump from corrosion.
0092569 No Rear Inlet (Large Dia) Requested

0064116 No Rear Inlet Actuation Required

0092696 Not Required, Cap, Rear Inlet

0009648 No Rear Intake Relief Valve Required
on Rear Inlet
0092568 No Rear Auxiliary Inlet Requested

0723049 Valve, .75" Bleeder, Aux. Side Inlet,
"T" Swing Handle

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0014751 Tank to Pump, (1) 3.00" Valve, 3.00"
Plumbing, Reverse Linkage

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty piping and a quarter turn 3.00" full flow line valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. The tank to pump line will run straight (no elbows) from the pump into the front face of the water tank and down into the tank sump. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.
0004905 Outlet, Tank Fill, 1.50"

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel. 0062133 Control, Outlets, Manual, Pierce HW
if applicable

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

16.7.5.3. 0004940 Outlet, Left Side, 2.50"

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter. 0005091 Elbow, Left Side Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092570 Not Required, Outlets, Left Side
Additional
0035094 Not Required, Elbow, Left Side
Outlets, Additional
0004945 Outlet, Right Side, 2.50"

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 2.50" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

Bid #: 929 53
#15..
- 688 -
0025091 Elbow, Right Side Outlets, 45
Degree, 2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST,
VLH

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0820348 Outlet, Right Side, 3" w/3" Plumbing
(added)
There will be One (1) discharge outlet with a 3.00" valve on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 3.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

13.7.5.3. 0820229 Elbow and Cap, Right Side Outlets,

3.0", Provided by Fire Dept, Addtl,
NFPA 2024

ADDITIONAL RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 13.7.7 requires any 2.00" or larger discharge outlet that is located more than 42.00" off the ground and to which hose is to be connected and that is not in a hose storage area will be supplied with a sweep elbow of at least 30 degrees downward.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 13.7.4 requires all discharge outlet connections, except connections to which a hose will be pre-connected, will be equipped with caps or closures capable of withstanding a hydrostatic gauge pressure of 100 psi over the maximum pump closeoff pressure or 500 psi, whichever is greater.

The elbow(s) and cap are not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide the elbow(s) and cap.
0029137 Not Required, Outlet, Large Diameter

0007308 Not Required, Elbow, Large Diameter
Outlet
0613168 SP Outlet, Front, 2.50" w/2.50" Plumbing,
Location

FRONT DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be one (1) 2.50" discharge outlet piped to the front of the apparatus and located on the drivers side of the front bumper, above the deck, as far over to the edge as possible, reference job 37460 01-05 .

Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping and flexible hose with a 2.50" full flow valve with control at the pump operator's panel. A fabricated weldment made of stainless steel pipe will be used in the plumbing where appropriate. The piping will terminate with a 2.50" NST with 90 degree stainless steel swivel.

There will be Trident swing handle drains provided at all low points of the piping. 0512771 SP Outlet, Rear, 2.50", Location Feature

REAR DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be Two (2) discharge outlets piped to the rear of the hose bed. The discharge(s) will be located moved down to the 37.75" dimension, driver and passenger side, installed so proper clearance is provided for spanner wrenches or adapters. Plumbing will consist of 2.50" piping along with a 2.50" full flow ball valve with the control from the pump operator's panel.

Discharge will terminate with 2.50" NST thread. Discharge piping will be schedule 10 304L welded or formed stainless steel.
0045091 Elbow, Rear Outlets, 45 Degree,

2.50" FNST x 2.50" MNST, VLH

REAR OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located at the rear of the apparatus will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.
0092574 Not Required, Outlet, Rear, Additional

0085695 Not Required, Elbow, Rear Outlets,
Large, Additional
0092573 Not Required, Outlet, Hose
Bed/Running Board Tray

0752097 Caps/Plugs for 1.00" to 3.00"
Discharges/Inlets, Chain

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru

3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

Bid #: 929 54
#15..
- 689 -
0723042 Valve, 0.75" Bleeder, Discharges, "T"
Swing Handle

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails. 0820311 Outlet, 3.00" Deluge w/TFT Extend-aGun XG18DELUGE RISER A 3.00" deluge riser will be installed above the pump in such a manner that a monitor can be mounted and used effectively. Piping will be rigidly braced and installed securely so no movement develops when the line is charged. The riser will be gated and controlled at the pump operator's panel.

Any 3.00 inch or larger discharge valve will be a slow-operating valve in accordance with NFPA

13.7.5.3. TELESCOPIC PIPING
The deluge riser piping will include an 18.00" Task Force Model XG18 Extend-A-Gun extension.

This extension will be telescopic to allow the deluge gun to be raised 18.00" increasing the range of operation.

A position sensor will be provided on the telescopic piping that will activate the "do not move vehicle" light inside the cab when the monitor is in the raised position. 0092044 Monitor, TFT Crossfire XFC-52, (2)

2.5" Inlets, Package

MONITOR
A Task Force Crossfire XFC-52 monitor package will be furnished and properly installed on the deluge riser. The monitor will include a M-R nozzle, 10" stream straightener and quad stacked tips. The portable base unit with folding legs and a safety valve will have (2) 2.50" female NST inlets. The monitor will be painted as provided by monitor manufacturer. 0047175 No Additional Nozzle Req'd
0046857 Deluge Mount, For TFT Crossfire
Monitor, TFT Manual Extend-A-Gun
Only
The deluge riser Extend-a-Gun will have provisions for direct mounting a Task Force Tips CrossFire monitor.
0723726 Speedlay Module Not Required

0722432 Hose Restraint Not Required, No
Speedlay Module
0723395 Speedlays, Not Required

0723394 Speedlays, Not Required

0025140 Not Required, 1.50" Crosslays

0029196 Not Required, 2.50" Crosslay

0500535 Not Required, Hose Restraint,
Crosslay
0029260 Not Required, Speedlays

0750536 Hose Restr, Spdly, Not Required, No
Spdly
0015215 Reel, Booster, Over Pump, Right
Side, Steel

BOOSTER HOSE REEL
A Hannay electric rewind booster hose reel will be installed over the pump in a recessed open compartment on the right side of the apparatus.

The exterior finish of the reel will be painted job color matching the lower body.

A polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly will be mounted on the reel side of the apparatus.

Discharge control will be provided at the pump operator's panel. Plumbing to the reel will consist of 1.50" Aeroquip hose and a 1.50" valve.

Bid #: 929 55
#15..
- 690 -
0005280 Switches, Reel Rewind - (1) Each
Pump Panel
Reel motor will be protected from overload with a circuit breaker rated to match the motor.

Two (2) electric rewind control switches will be provided, one (1) installed on each pump panel. 0008231 Hose, Booster -150' of .75"/800 PSI BOOSTER HOSE One length of .75" diameter and 150 feet long, with chrome plated Barway, or equal, couplings will be provided.

Working pressure of the booster hose will be a minimum of 800 psi. 0050051 Capacity, Hose Reel 150' of .75"

Capacity of the hose reel will be 150 feet of .75" booster hose. 0007428 Nozzle for Booster Reel Not Req'd

0021954 Cutout for Reel Access, One, w/ S/S
Trim

HOSEREEL ACCESS
A cutout will be provided in the side sheet next to the booster hose reel. This cutout will allow access to the hose and provide a window to view the reel. Stainless steel trim will be mounted horizontally and vertically around the cutout.
0085328 Nozzle Cup, Zico w/Bracket NOZZLE CUP AND BRACKET A Zico nozzle cup and chrome plated mounting bracket will be provided for storage of the booster reel nozzle.

There will be one (1) provided. The nozzle cup(s) will have a 3-1/8" inside diameter and will be located Mount at Final.
0014047 Linkage, Reverse, Hose Reel

The control on the pump panel will be "in" when the valve is open and "out" when the valve is closed. This style control will be provided on one (1) hose reel(s). 0622237 Roller Assembly, Additional There will be one (1) additional polished stainless steel roller and guide assembly mounted on top of the cargo side sheet, driver side.

Bid #: 929 56
#15..
- 691 -
0592633 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent

HUSKY 3 FOAM PROPORTIONER
A Pierce Husky® 3 foam proportioning system will be provided. The Husky 3 is an on demand, automatic proportioning, single point, direct injection system suitable for all types of Class A and B foam concentrates, including the high viscosity (6000 cps), alcohol resistant Class B foams.

Operation will be based on direct measurement of water flow, and remain consistent within the specified flows and pressures. The system will automatically proportion foam solution at rates from 0.1 percent to 3 percent regardless of variations in water pressure and flow, up to the maximum rated capacity of the foam concentrate pump.

The design of the system will allow operation from draft, hydrant, or relay operation.

System Capacity
The system will have the ability to deliver the following minimum foam solution flow rates at accuracies that meet or exceed NFPA requirements at a pump rating of 150 psi. 100 gpm @ 3 percent
300 gpm @ 1 percent
600 gpm @ 0.5 percent
Class A foam setting in 0.1 percent increments from 0.1 percent to 1 percent. Typical settings of 1 percent, 0.5 percent and 0.3 percent (maximum capacity will be limited to the plumbing and water pump capacity).

Control System
The system will be equipped with a digital electronic control display located on the pump operators panel. Push button controls will be integrated into the panel to turn the system on/off, control the foam percentage, and to set the operation modes.

The percent of injection will have a preset. This preset can be changed at the fire department as desired. The percent of injection will be able to be easily changed at the scene to adjust to changing demands.

Three (3) 0.50" tall LEDs will display the foam percentage in numeric characters. Three (3) indicator LEDs will also be included, one (1) green, one (1) red, and one (1) yellow. The LEDs will indicate various system operation or error states.

The indications will be:

Solid Green - System On
Solid Red - Valve Position Error
Solid Yellow - Priming System
Flashing Green - Injecting Foam
Flashing Red - Low Tank Level
Flashing Yellow - Refilling Tank
The control display will house a microprocessor, which receives input from the systems water flow meter while also monitoring the position of the foam concentrate pump. The microprocessor will compare the values of the water flow versus the position/rate of the foam pump, to ensure the proportion rate is accurate. One (1) check valve will be installed in the plumbing to prevent foam from contaminating the water pump.

Hydraulic Drive System
The foam concentrate pump will be powered by an electric over hydraulic drive system. The hydraulic system and motor will be integrated into one (1) unit.

Foam Concentrate Pump
The foam concentrate pump will be of positive displacement, self-priming; linear actuated design, driven by the hydraulic system. The pump will be constructed of brass body; chrome plated stainless steel shaft, with a stainless steel piston. In order to increase longevity of the pump, no aluminum will be present in its construction.

A relief system will be provided which is designed to protect the drive system components and prevent over pressuring the foam concentrate pump
The foam concentrate pump will have minimum capacity for 3 gpm with all types of foam concentrates with a viscosity at or below 6000 cps including protein, fluoroprotein, AFFF, FFFP, or AR-AFFF. The system will deliver only the amount of foam concentrate flow required, without recirculating foam back to the storage tank. Recirculating foam concentrate back to the storage tank can cause agitation and premature foaming of the concentrate, which can result in system failure. The foam concentrate pump will be self-priming and have the ability to draw foam concentrate from external supplies such as drums or pails.

External Foam Concentrate Connection
An external foam pick-up will be provided to enable use of a foam agent that is not stored on the vehicle. The external foam pick-up will be designed to allow continued operation after the onboard foam tank is empty, or the use of foam different than the foam in the foam tank.

Panel Mounted External Pick-Up Connection / Valve
A bronze three (3)-way valve will be provided. The unit will be mounted to the pump panel. The valve unit will function as the foam system tank to pump valve and external suction valve. The external foam pick-up will be one (1) 0.75" male connection GHT (garden hose thread) with a cap.

Pick-Up Hose
A 0.75" flexible hose with an end for insertion into foam containers will be provided. The hose will be supplied with a 0.75" female swivel GHT (garden hose thread) swivel connector. The hose will be shipped loose.

Discharges
The foam system will be plumbed to four (4) discharges. The discharges capable of dispensing foam will be Front outlet, booster reel, and both rear 2.50" outlets.

System Electrical Load
The maximum current draw of the electric motor and system will be no more than 55 amperes at 12 VDC.
0012126 Not Required, CAF Compressor

Bid #: 929 57
#15..
- 692 -
0592527 Refill, Foam Tank, Integral, Husky 3

SINGLE FOAM TANK REFILL
The foam system's proportioning pump will be used to fill the foam tank. This will allow use of the auxiliary foam pick-up to pump the foam from pails or a drum on the ground into the foam tank. A foam shut-off switch will be installed in the fill dome of the tank to shut the system down when the tank is full. The fill operation will be controlled by a mode in the foam system controller. While the proportioner pump is filling the tank, the controller will display a flashing yellow LED to indicate that the tank is filling. When the tank is full, as determined by the float switch in the tank dome, the pump will stop and the controller will shut the yellow LED off. If it attempted to use tank fill and the refill valve and suction valve are in the wrong position(s), then a red LED will illuminate to indicate the improper valve position(s). When the valves are positioned properly, then filling will commence.
0747970 SP Relocate Hydraulic Reservoir for
Husky 3 Foam System

RELOCATE HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
The Husky 3 foam system hydraulic reservoir is typically located in the cargo area over the pump.

The new location will be Within same Standard Cargo area, however pushed rearward as far as possible to the left side rear corner. (see AD).
0680520 SP Cover, Husky 3, Cargo Area

FOAM SYSTEM TOP COVER
The top of the Husky 3 including the radiator shall be completely protected with a cover constructed of .125" bright aluminum treadplate. The cover shall not impede the ventilation and shall have provisions as required to allow maintenance and operation. 0031896 Demonstration, Foam System, Dealer
Provided
0005446 Foam Cell, 20 Gallon, Not Reduce
Water

FOAM TANK
The foam tank will be an integral portion of the polypropylene water tank. The cell will have a capacity of 20 gallons of foam with the intended use of Class A foam. The foam cell will not reduce the capacity of the water tank. The foam cell will have a screen in the fill dome and a breather in the lid.
0697589 Drain, 1.00", Foam Tank #1, Husky 3
Foam System, Quarter Turn

FOAM TANK DRAIN
The foam tank drain will be a 1.00" quarter turn drain valve located inside the pump/plumbing compartment.
0091079 Not Required, Foam Tank #2

0091112 Not Required, Foam Tank #2 Drain

Bid #: 929 58
#15..
- 693 -
0738111 Approval Dwg, All Pump Panel(s),
Includes Color And Label Tags,
FLEET
The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made to match 37460 01-05 similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s). These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

REMAINING PUMP PANEL(S)
Detailed drawing(s) to scale of the remaining pump panel(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The drawing(s) will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump panel(s). The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to these approval drawing(s). The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing(s) per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump panel drawing(s) will become part of the contract documents.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or markups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.
0032479 Pump Panel Configuration, Control
Zone

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be arranged and installed in an organized manner that will provide user-friendly operation.
0629252 Material, Pump Panels, Side Control
Black Vinyl

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of aluminum with a black vinyl finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided around each panel. 0721772 Panel, Pump Access - Right Side,
Side Control

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The right side removable panel will be secured using a black swell latch .

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower panel (drain bank) will be secured using screws. 0005945 Light, Pump Compt

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
A pump compartment light will be provided inside the right side pump enclosure and accessible through a door on the pump panel.

A 0.125" weep hole will be provided in each light lens, preventing moisture retention. 0536401 Gauges, Engine, Included With
Pierce Pressure Controller

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller. 0005601 Throttle, Engine, Incl'd w/Press
Controller
0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel,
Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure
Gov/Throttle,Green

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode.

Bid #: 929 59
#15..
- 694 -
0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with
Pressure Controller
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To
Pump, Green

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.
0763096 Fittings, Compression IPO PTC, All
Pump Panel Gauges

COMPRESSION FITTINGS
All of the pump panel gauges will have brass compression fittings installed in place of the push to connect fittings.
0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red
Switch, Momentary

AIR HORN SWITCH
An air horn control switch will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This switch will be momentary red and properly labeled. The switch will be located within easy reach of the operator in the electrical switch panel.
0025635 Door, Pump Access, S/S, RS

PUMP ACCESS DOOR
A vertically hinged stainless steel door will be provided on the right side pump panel for access to pump and plumbing. The door will be sized as large as possible. 0725775 SP Drain/Bleeder Lines, Below Running
Board Raised

DRAIN/BLEEDER LINES
Any drains/bleeder lines located below the running boards will be raised up from the standard location. (media attached)
0827711 SP Gauge Panel, Vertically Hinged,
Panel Trim

HINGED GAUGE PANEL
The pump gauge panel will be vertically hinged with quarter turn lift and turn latches for access.

The hinged panel will have pump panel trim on the edges. 0025637 Pump Panel Trim Rings, Oversized
for Valve Removal

OUTLET TRIM RINGS
The side discharges and auxiliary inlet valves will be recessed behind the panel and have larger holes provided in the pump panel to facilitate removal of the valves without removing the complete pump panel. Stainless steel trim plates will be provided to trim the holes. 0556650 Switch Panel, Pump Panel, Layout
Info
TBD.
0009227 Gauges, 6.00" Master, Class 1,
Special

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Class 1 Incorporated ©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black markings, with a pressure range of 30.00" 0-400 psi.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One (1) will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have

0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.
0038070 Gauge, 2.50" Pressure, Class 1, 30"-
0-400psi

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©.

They will be a minimum of 2.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.

Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00"-0-400#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical. 0032297 Gauge, Flowmeter, Class 1, IAT FLOWMETER GAUGE
There will be three (3) Class 1© Flowminder flowmeter provided, in addition to the pressure gauge, for the Front outlet, and both rear 2.50" outlets.

The flowmeter will have a range appropriately suited for the diameter of the discharge and will have the "totalizer" feature provided, so the total flow can be checked at any time. The flowmeter will be calibrated with the valve fully open.

Bid #: 929 60
#15..
- 695 -
0750526 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In
pressure Controller, Lt Driver

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of nine (9) LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25 percent. The gauge will have down chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.

There will be a light driver module with this installation to power additional water level gauge(s) included on the apparatus.
0750438 Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2,
LED 1-Light, 4-Level

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
There will be two (2) additional water level indicator(s), Whelen®, Model PSTANK 2, LED module with black trim, installed one (1) each side rearward of crew cab doors.

This light module(s) will include four (4) colored levels, and function similar to the water level indicator located at the operators panel:

First green module indicates a full water level
Second blue module indicates a water level above 3/4 full Third amber module indicates a water level above 1/2 full Last red module indicates a water level above 1/4 full and empty Above 1/4 this light will be steady burning
At empty this light will be flashing
The flash rate will be determined by the main water level tank sensor.

This module will be activated when the pump is in gear. 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank
Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

CLASS "A" FOAM LEVEL GAUGE
A Fire Research TankVision Pro model WLA360-A00 cell/tank level indicator kit will be installed on the pump operators panel. The kit will include an electronic indicator module, a pressure sensor, a 10' sensor cable and a tank vent. The indicator will show the volume of Class "A" foam concentrate in the cell/tank on nine (9) easy to see super bright RGB LEDs. A wide view lens over the LEDs will provide for a viewing angle of 180 degrees. The indicator case will be waterproof, manufactured of Polycarbonate/Nylon material and have a distinctive green label.

The program features will be accessed from the front of the indicator module. The program will support self-diagnostics capabilities, self-calibration, six (6) programmable colored light patterns to display cell/tank volume, adjustable brightness control levels and a data link to connect remote indicators. Low foam level warnings will include flashing LEDs at 1/4 cell/tank and down chasing LEDs when the cell/tank is almost empty.

The indicator will receive an input signal from an electronic pressure sensor. The sensor will be mounted from the outside of the foam cell/tank near the bottom. No probe will be placed on the interior of the cell/tank. Wiring will be weather resistant and have automotive type plug-in connectors.
0593161 Light Shield, S/S LED

LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operator's panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch.

Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

There will be a light activated above the pump panel light switch when the parking brake is set.

This is to afford the operator some illumination when first approaching the control panel. 0682488 Light Shield, S/S, PS LED

ADDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELD
An additional polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield will be provided above passenger's side pump panel.

There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. 0606694 Air Horns, (2) Hadley, 6" Round,
eTone, In Bumper

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Hadley®, eTone, chrome air horns will be recessed in the front bumper. The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system. 0606835 Location, Air Horns, Bumper, Each
Side, Outside Frame, Outboard (Pos
#1 & #7)
Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, towards the outside. 0757092 Control, Air Horn, Multi Select

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
0757084 Control, Air Horn, Horn Ring

Steering wheel horn ring with electric/air horn selector switch Bid #: 929 61
#15..
- 696 -
0743360 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, LS, Location
Fet
Left side foot switch will befar outboard as near door (per job 37460 01-05). 0743678 Control, Air Horn, Ft Sw, RS, Location
Fet
Right side foot switch will beinboard as close as possible and next to engine tunnel (per job 37460 01-05).
0819026 Siren, Wln 295HFSA7 200W, Dual
Tone, Non-NFPA 2024

ELECTRONIC SIREN
A Whelen, Model 295HFSA7, electronic siren and remote head with a pre-wired unidirectional microphone will be installed.

The model to be used will be determined by the chassis and location of the siren remote head.

The siren will contain a remote siren head and a siren amplifier with a dual system build in to the amplifier.

The siren features will include:

Six (6) function siren plus radio repeat and public address Will meet California Title 13 specifications.

Model 295HFSA7 or 8 will operate two (2) 100 watt speakers Operates is dual or mono modes.

External dip switch selectable modes of operation.

Outputs 2 independent siren tones creating a "rich harmonic dual tone sound". "Hands Free" operation. Turn On/Off and access all three siren tones (wail, yelp, and Piercer) without taking hands from the steering wheel.

PTT (push to talk) switch on microphone overrides all siren functions.

Pre-wired unidirectional microphone.

Adjustable microphone volume.

Adjustable preset radio repeat volume.

Input polarity protection.

Output short circuit protection.

External mini spade-type fuse.

Bi-polarity horn/ring control activation.

Quick disconnect plug for ease of service or replacement.

Five year HDP "Heavy Duty Professional" warranty on amp.

NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, Section 10.8.1.1 requires the siren manufacturer to certify the siren as meeting the requirements of SAE J1849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens.

Per the fire department specification, the siren and siren speaker come from separate manufacturers and a certification is therefore invalid. The apparatus will be non compliant to NFPA 1900 standards at time of contract execution.
0510206 Location, Elect Siren, Recessed
Overhead In Console

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the passenger side inside switch panel. 0748306 Control, Elec Siren, Multi Select

ELECTRONIC SIREN CONTROL
The electronic siren will be activated by the following:
0805709 Control, Elec Siren, Horn Ring,
Interlock
The steering wheel horn ring with siren/horn selector switch.

The control to be available when the emergency master switch is on. 0738942 Control, Elec Siren, Ft Sw, RS,
Location
The right side foot switch will be directly inboard of air horn foot switch (per job 37460 01-05). 0601330 Speaker, (1) Federal, ES100C
w/ESFMT-EF Recess Mnt & S/S
Grille

SPEAKER
There will be one (1) Federal Signal DynaMax®, Model ES100, 100 watt speaker provided. The speaker will use a Federal Signal, Model ESFMT-EF, recess mount with stainless steel grille. The speaker will be connected to the siren amplifier.
0601556 Location, Speaker, Frt Bumper,
Recessed, Left Side, Outside Frame,
Inbrd (Pos 6)
The speaker will be recessed in the left side of the front bumper, just outside of the frame rail. 0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213
Sol

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B siren will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a Littelfuse part number 24213 power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.
0578974 Siren, Mechanical, Recessed In
Grille, Imp/Vel
The mechanical siren will be mounted recessed in the front grille. The siren mounting will include a reinforcement plate.

Bid #: 929 62
#15..
- 697 -
0748305 Control, Mech Siren, Multi Select

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
0748275 Control Mech Siren,
Rocker/Membrane Sw, LS

Left side momentary switch.
0898294 Control Mech Siren, Ft Sw RS, Loc

Right side foot switch far outboard as near door (per job 37460 01-05). 0897453 Sw, Siren Brake, Mom
Rocker/Membrane, Red Outline, RS
Overhead Sw Pnl, Mux
A momentary switch will be included in the right side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.

There will be a red outline decal around the switch.
0726839 Sw, Siren Brake, Momentary Red
Rocker, Location, Hardwire

A momentary red rocker switch will be included in the switch panel #10 to activate the siren brake.
0776528 SP Grille, Speaker, Front Bumper,S/S,
Painted

SPEAKER GRILLE
There will be one (1) painted stainless steel grille(s) provided, one (1) over each siren speaker in the front bumper. The grille(s) and bumper will be the same color. 0746353 Not Required, Warning Lights
Intensity
0604784 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81",
RRRRWRsrROptRsrRWRRRR

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen® Freedom IV™ lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side end position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side second front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the driver's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side fourth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the driver's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the driver's side sixth front position.

One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side sixth front position.

One (1) red steady burning LED module in the passenger's side fifth front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side fourth front position.

One (1) white flashing LED module in the passenger's side third front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side second front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side first front position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side front corner position.

One (1) red flashing LED module in the passenger's side end position.

There will be clear lenses and colored filters included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
the traffic light controller by a cab switch with emergency master control. no momentary switch to activate the traffic light controller.

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.
0655256 Light, GTT, Opticom, 76-1000-1155-
0, GPS, Priority Control System

OPTICOM GPS PRIORITY CONTROL DEVICE
There will be a Global Traffic Technologies, Model 76-1000-1155-0, GPS preemption vehicle kit provided. This GPS preemption vehicle kit is set for high priority. This system is designed to use satellite communications with a receiver board at an intersection to control the traffic lights.

The system will be activated when the battery switch is on and the emergency master switch is on.

The system will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

The kit will include:

Radio/GPS unit containing a GPS receiver and transceiver Radio/GPS antenna on the cab roof.

A controller, which also provides an interface point between the radio/GPS unit the vehicle wiring, and an external PC used for configuration, diagnostics, and downloading log information. The location of this controller will be behind the passenger's side seat.

Bid #: 929 63
#15..
- 698 -
0540439 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6* LED,
Colored Lens 2Lts
WARNING LIGHTS (Cab Face)
Two (2) Whelen model M6* LED flashing warning lights with chrome flange will be provided on the front of the cab above the headlights.

The driver's side front warning light to be red.

The passenger's side front warning light to be red.

Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab, on the switch panel, to control the lights. 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating HEADLIGHT FLASHER The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.
0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**,
M6**, M6**, 6Lts

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the bumper extension. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side of cab rearward of crew cab doors. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.

Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs.

The warning light lens colors to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0895974 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab,
Wln 3S*00F*R, 3" Round

INTERIOR CAB DOOR WARNING LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen® Model 3S*00F*R, 3.00" round deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the left side cab door One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the right side cab door.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the right side crew cab door.

One (1) light(s) to include red flashing LED's on the left side crew cab door.

The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

Each light will be located in the door pan..

Each light will be activated when the battery switch is on, respective door is opened and no other controls are on.
0815847 Connectors, Door Interior Flash, All
Cabs, Weatherproof

ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS FOR WARNING LIGHTS
The lights will be installed with a weatherproof insulated crimped connectors in order to provide ease of connection/disconnection of the circuit applied to. 0564654 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*,
Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.

The driver's side rear light to be red
The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights. 0088745 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN
LED Beacon, Red LED

REAR/SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model L31H*FN, LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, located one (1) each side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons.

The color of the lights will be red LEDs with both domes red. 0006551 Not Required, Lights, Rear Upper
Zone Blocking
0093614 Mounting, Rear Warn Lights, Top of
Compartment On Treadplate Box
The rear warning lights will be mounted on top of the compartmentation with all wiring totally enclosed in treadplate enclosures. The forward air lock for the hydraulic ladder rack will also be enclosed in the same style of box. The rear deck lights will be mounted on the beavertails high as possible.
0762435 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL85,

46.87" Long LED, Lens Feature

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model TAL85 46.87" long x 2.87" high x 2.25" deep, amber LED traffic directing light installed at the rear of the apparatus.

The lens color will be clear.

The control head will be included with this installation. The control head will be energized when the battery switch is on.

The auxiliary flash to be activated when the emergency master switch is on.

Bid #: 929 64
#15..
- 699 -
0551728 Location, TDL, Recessed with S/S
Trim
This traffic directing light will be recessed with a stainless steel trim plate at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical.
0530280 Location, Traf Dir Lt Controller,
Overhead Switch Panel DS Center

The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the center panel position.
0779718 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 2nd, Interior
Body
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with an interior stainless steel wall plate, installed RS3 - TBD at Preconstruction. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline to 120 volt AC power inverter internal transfer sw.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0779722 Receptacle, 15/20A 120V 3-Pr 3-Wr,
NEMA 5-20R SB Dup, 1st, Interior
Body
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with an interior stainless steel wall plate, installed LS1 - Exact Location TBD at Preconstruction.

The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline to 120 volt AC power inverter internal transfer sw.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:

Line Voltage
Current Ratting (amps)
Phase
Frequency
0519934 Not Required, Brand, Hydraulic Tool
System
0007150 Bag of Nuts and Bolts

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:

One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.
0816508 NFPA Required Loose Equipment,
Pumper, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided
by Fire Dept

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:

One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 207, Standard for High Visibility Public Safety Vests, and have a five-point breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.

Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.

Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Shall be Considered:

The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:
800 ft (60 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose.
400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose.

One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm (750 L/min) minimum.

Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm (360 L/min) minimum.

One (1) smooth bore or combination nozzle with shutoff and with 2.50" (65 mm) inlet that flows a minimum of 250 gpm (950 L/min).

Four (4) SCBA apparatus
Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
One (1) first aid kit.

Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.

Two (2) hydrant wrenches.

One (1) double female 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) double male 2.50" (65 mm) adapter with national hose (NH) threads.

One (1) rubber mallet, for use on suction hose connections.

Two (2) salvage covers each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.7 m × 5.5 m).

One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).
0816941 Soft Suction Hose, Provided by Fire
Department, NFPA/ULC 2024

SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.

Bid #: 929 65
#15..
- 700 -
0007028 Strainer, 6.00"

- One (1)-6.00" National Standard hose thread barrel strainer, chrome plated 0816939 Extinguisher, Dry Chemical, NFPA
2024, Provided by Fire Department

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816937 Extinguisher, 2.5 Gal. Pressurized
Water, NFPA/ULC 2024, Provided by
Fire Dept

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.
0816998 Axe, Flathead, Provided by Fire
Department

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.
0817000 Axe, Pickhead, Provided by Fire
Department

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.

Bid #: 929 66
#15..
- 701 -
0741569 Paint Process / Environmental
Requirements, Appleton

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a twocomponent high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas. The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:

Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.

Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals.

Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.

Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient.

Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.

Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner.

Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal.

Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.
0709846 Paint, Two-Tone Color, Velocity/Impel

CAB TWO-TONE PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone, with the upper section painted Grey 479 and the lower section painted #90 red. There will be a special two-tone cab paint break at the roof line provided.

There will be no cab shield provided.
0709845 Paint, Single Color, Body BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab.

Bid #: 929 67
#15..
- 702 -
0646897 Paint Chassis Frame Assy, E-Coat,
Standard

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with primer and gloss paint to match the lower job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:

Two (2) C-channel frame rails
Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted not e-coated (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:

Cross members
Axles
Suspensions
Steering gear
Battery boxes
Bumper extension weldment
Frame extensions
Body mounting angles
Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
Pump house substructure
Steel fuel tank
Castings
Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown. 0693797 No Paint Required, Aluminum Front
Wheels
0693792 No Paint Required, Aluminum Rear
Wheels
0733739 Paint, Axle Hubs

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color. 0613752 SP No Paint, Interior Pump and
Plumbing, Painted Exterior Piping,
IPOS
0061536 Paint, Hose Reel, Special Color

REEL PAINT
The hose reel will be painted #90 Red.
0581434 Transit Coating, Carwell, Corrosion
Protection, Including Underside

TRANSIT COATING
All non-painted metal surfaces on the exterior of the vehicle will be sprayed with a corrosion protective coating provided by Carwell. The coating can be removed with soap and water.

The coating is made of a linseed oil base and is biodegradable.

The underside non-painted metal surfaces will also be coated with a corrosion protective coating. 0007230 Compartment, Painted, Spatter Gray

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.
0817144 SP Reflective Band, 1" Vinyl-4" Refl-1"
Vinyl, w/Borders, 0.50" Voids

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body.

The band will consist of a 1.00" slate metallic vinyl stripe at the top with a 1/4" black border top and bottom, then a 4.00" reflective white stripe, and a 1.00" slate metallic vinyl stripe at the bottom with a 1/4" black border top and bottom. There will be a 0.50" void between the stripes. 0077356 Reflective, Cab Face, Below the S/S
Trim Band

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON CAB FACE
The reflective band provided on the cab face will be located below the stainless steel trim band and above the front bumper.
0779597 SP Stripe, Chevron, Rear, Vinyl, NonNFPA 2016 Color, Painted Rear Wall, Pumper

REAR CHEVRON STRIPING
There will be alternating chevron striping located on the rear-facing vertical surface of the apparatus. The rear surface, excluding the rear compartment door, will be covered.

The chevron pattern will be painted rear wall color and vinyl color.

Each stripe will be 6.00" in width. This item will not be covered under warranty. 0567374 Stripe, Black Outline each Chevron
Stripe @ Rear (Not Warranted)

REFLECTIVE STRIPE OUTLINE
A black vinyl outline will be provided for each chevron stripe at the rear of the truck.

There will be no warranty provided for this material.

Bid #: 929 68
#15..
- 703 -
0668703 Stripe, Reflective, Cab and Crew Cab
Doors Interior, Match Exterior of
Apparatus

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
Reflective striping will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The striping will match what has been provided on the exterior of the unit.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards. 0680371 Stripe, Gold Leaf, Two-Tone Paint
Break with Shield, IPO Chrome
Molding

CAB STRIPE
There will be a genuine gold leaf stripe provided on both sides of the cab in place of the chrome molding and on the cab face with shield.
0027372 Lettering Specifications, (GOLD
STAR Process)

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl. 0686432 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be 12 letters provided.
0685977 Lettering, Reflective, 20.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 20.00" high, with outline provided. There will be three (3) letters provided.
0685978 Lettering, Reflective, 18.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 18.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be four (4) letters provided.
0686084 Lettering, Reflective, 3.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be reflective lettering, 3.00" high, with no outline or shade provided. There will be 18 letters provided.
0686229 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 6.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be four (4) letters provided.
0686256 Lettering, Gold Leaf, 4.00", Each

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be seven (7) letters provided.
0037227 Lettering, Reflective, Reverse Cut
Into Reflective Band

REFLECTIVE LETTERING
three (3) letters, 3.00" high will be cut into the reflective stripe to allow the painted surface to form the letter. The letters will be Located on the front below the P/S headlight.. 0655896 Sign Kit, Painted, Holder and Insert,
Each

SIGN KIT FOR LETTERING/NUMERALS
four (4) painted stainless steel plate(s) and holder(s) will be provided for department lettering.

They will be mounted Located on the cab sides and center of the front bumper & rear D/S bulkhead and (2) 11"H X 9.75"W (crew cab doors) (1) 8"H X 8"W (center of front bumper) (1)

9.75"H X 11"W (D/S rear bulkhead and needs to pull out from the side due to the available space. in size.
0755303 Artwork File, Provided on Custom
USB Drive

ARTWORK ON CUSTOM USB DRIVE
There will be a custom USB drive with department specific artwork files provided to the Fire Department.

Stock artwork, or artwork developed exclusively by Pierce Manufacturing, and proprietary fonts will not be included on the USB drive.
0022652 Emblem, Maltese Cross, Gold Leaf,
15"-17", Pair

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be one (1) pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed Located on the cab doors..

Bid #: 929 69
#15..
- 704 -
0529225 Manuals, Two (2) CD, Fire Apparatus
Parts, Custom Chassis

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS CD MANUAL
There will be two (2) custom parts manuals for the complete fire apparatus provided in CD format with the completed unit.

The manuals will contain the following:

Job number
Part numbers with full descriptions
Table of contents
Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
Instructions on how to locate parts
The manuals will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the factory website.

The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.
0543577 Manuals, (1) Chassis Service & (1)
CD, Custom

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
One (1) chassis service manuals containing parts and service information on major components will be provided with the completed unit.

One (1) compact disk (CD) will also be provided that will include all of the information from the above manual.

The manuals will contain the following sections:
- Job number
- Table of contents
- Troubleshooting
- Front Axle/Suspension
- Brakes
- Engine
- Tires
- Wheels
- Cab
- Electrical, DC
- Air Systems
- Plumbing
- Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies. 0531638 Manual, Two (2) CD, Chassis
Operation, Custom

CHASSIS OPERATION CD MANUALS
There will be two (2) CD format chassis operation manuals provided. 0030008 Warranty, Basic, 1 Year, Apparatus,
WA0008
ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal. 0611136 Warranty, Chassis, 3 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0284

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce custom chassis limited warranty certificate, WA0284, is included with this proposal. 0735523 Warranty, Engine, Paccar MX13, 5
Year, WA0386

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Paccar five (5) yearlimited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate is included with this proposal.
0684953 Warranty, Steering Gear, Sheppard
M110, 3 Year WA0201

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.
0595767 Warranty, Frame, 50 Year,
Velocity/Impel, WA0038

FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame and crossmembers limited warranty certificate, WA0038, is included with this proposal.
0595698 Warranty, Axle, 3 Year, TAK-4,
WA0050
FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal. 0733306 Warranty, Single Axle, 5 Year, Meritor,
General Service, WA0384
SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided. 0652758 Warranty, ABS Brake System, 3 Year,
Meritor Wabco, WA0232
ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 929 70
#15..
- 705 -
0019914 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Custom
Cab, WA0012
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal. 0744240 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Cab, ProRate, WA0055 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal. 0524627 Warranty, Electronics, 5 Year, MUX,
WA0014
FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.
0695416 Warranty, Pierce Camera System,
WA0188

CAMERA SYSTEM WARRANTY
A Pierce fifty four (54) monthwarranty will be provided for the camera system. 0647720 Warranty, Pierce LED Strip Lights,
WA0203

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.
0046369 Warranty, 5-year EVS Transmission,
Standard Custom, WA0187

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.
0685945 Warranty, Transmission Cooler,
WA0216

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0688798 Warranty, Water Tank, Lifetime, UPF,
Poly Tank, WA0195

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal. 0596025 Warranty, Structure, 10 Year, Body,
WA0009
TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal. 0693126 Warranty, AMDOR, Roll-up Door, 10
Year/5 Year Painted, WA0185

ROLL UP DOOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY
An AMDOR roll-up door limited warranty will be provided. The roll-up door will be warranted against manufacturing defects for a period of ten (10) years. A five (5) year limited warranty will be provided on painted roll up doors.

The limited warranty certificate, WA0185, is included with this proposal. 0734463 Warranty, Pump, Waterous, 7 Year
Parts, WA0382

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a seven (7) yearmaterial and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal. 0648675 Warranty, 10 Year S/S Pumbing,
WA0035
TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.
0657990 Warranty, Foam System, Husky 3,
WA0231

FOAM SYSTEM WARRANTY
The Husky 3 foam system limited warranty certificate, WA0231, is included with this proposal. 0595820 Warranty, Paint, 10 Year, Body, ProRate, WA0057 TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal. 0595421 Warranty, Goldstar, 3 Year,
Apparatus, WA0018

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal.

Bid #: 929 71
#15..
- 706 -
0819254 Certification, Vehicle Stability,
CD0196

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.
0808574 Certification, Engine Installation, VEL,
Paccar MX, 2027

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery. 0686786 Certification, Power Steering,
CD0098

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.
0892701 Certification, Cab Integrity,
Impel/Velocity FR, CD0190

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:

SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks.

European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29.

SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,050 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 100,000 lb. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,200 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

There will be no exception to any portion of the cab integrity certification. Nonconformance will lead to immediate rejection of bid.
0548950 Certification, Cab Door Durability,
Velocity/Impel, CD0001

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000-cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear. 0548967 Certification, Windshield Wiper
Durability, Impel/Velocity, CD0005

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria. 0667411 Certification, Electric Window
Durability, Velocity/Impel FR, CD0004

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.

Bid #: 929 72
#15..
- 707 -
0549273 Certification, Seat Belt Anchors and
Mounting, Imp/Vel/Vel SLT, CD0018

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages.

The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria. 0735950 Certification, Cab HVAC System Perf,
Vel/Imp FR,
CD0166/CD0168/CD0176/CD0177

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles.The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.
0545073 Amp Draw Report, NFPA Current
Edition

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:

Documentation of the electrical system performance tests.

A written load analysis, which will include the following:

The nameplate rating of the alternator.

The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:

Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.

Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio
Allowance
0799248 Appleton/Florida BTO

0000018 PUMPER, 2ND GEN

0000012 PIERCE CHASSIS
0735525 PACCAR MX13 ENGINE

0046396 EVS 4000 Series TRANSMISSION
0020011 WATEROUS PUMP

0020009 POLY TANK

0028048 FOAM SYSTEM
Bid #: 929 73
#15..
- 708 -
0020006 SIDE CONTROL
0020008 ELKHART VALVES
0020015 ABS SYSTEM

0658751 PUMPER BASE

Bid #: 929 74
#15..
- 709 -
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0001244 High Idle w/Electronic Engine, Custom 0.00 1.20 0.00 0002526 Light, Engine Compt, All Custom Chassis 0.00 1.60 0.00 0005945 Light, Pump Compt 0.00 1.80 0.00
0015215 Reel, Booster, Over Pump, Right Side, Steel 0.00 36.00 0.00 0098841 Batteries, (6) Deka Grp 31, 1000 CCA each, Threaded Stud 0.00 3.00 0.00 0122466 Cab Lift, Elec/Hyd, w/Manual Override, Imp/Vel 0.00 180.00 0.00 0549333 Indicators, Engine, Included with Pressure Controller 0.00 0.35 0.00 0552777 Fuel Pump for Repriming 0.00 6.00 0.00
0553643 Control, Air Horn at Pmp Pnl, Red Switch, Momentary 0.00 0.16 0.00 0589905 Alarm, Back-up Warning, PRECO 1040 0.00 0.50 0.00 0592633 Foam Sys, Husky 3, Single Agent 0.00 55.00 0.00 0604354 Gauge, Foam Level, FRC, Tank Vision Pro, WLA 360-A00, Class "A"

0.00 0.00 1.23
0637961 Controls, Electric Windows, All Cab Doors, DS Instr Pnl Swtch, Imp/Vel FR

0.00 26.00 0.00
0641743 Primer, Waterous, VPO Motor, (1) VAP Valve, (1) Push Button Control

0.00 260.00 0.00
0655256 Light, GTT, Opticom, 76-1000-1155-0, GPS, Priority Control System

0.00 1.00 0.00
0721071 Compt, Storage, 10.71 W x 30 H x 14 D, (1) Ea Side C/C, Sgl Pan, Imp/Vel

0.00 0.00 0.00
0735006 Intercom, David Clark, 4-Pos, 2-Radio, (D, O, RPTT), 2obC, U3805

0.00 0.00 0.50
0735687 Engine Brake, Fully Integrated, Paccar MX13 Engine 0.00 0.42 0.00 0763096 Fittings, Compression IPO PTC, All Pump Panel Gauges 0.00 0.16 0.00 0776357 Light, Visor, Wln, 12V P*H2* Pioneer, Cnt Feature, 1st 0.00 0.00 13.00 0805325 Light, Directional, Wln M62T* LED, 15 Degree Angle Bracket, Additional

0.00 1.50 0.00
0806466 Lights, Backup, Wln M62BU, LED, For Tail Lt Housing 0.00 3.20 0.00 0817058 Camera, Pierce, LS Mux, R Camera, SD, CL714 0.00 1.20 0.00 0820509 ESC/ABS/ATC Wabco Brake System, Single Rear Axle, NFPA 1900/ULC

0.00 6.00 0.00
0820921 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Term, Blue Sea 1045, Batt Dir, 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 9.60
0821263 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821266 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt FB, Blue Sea 5026 Batt Dir 2nd NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0821329 Wiring, Spare, 10 A 12V DC Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 10.00 0821470 Wiring, Spare, 4.8 A 12V DC, USB Termination 1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 9.60
0821725 Wiring, Spare, 3 A 12V DC Batt Dir 1st NFPA1900/ULC 0.00 0.00 9.00 0822008 Wiring, Spare, (1) 20A 12V DC, Multi Loc, LS Bdy/Rear, Batt Dir,1st NFPA1900/ULC

0.00 0.00 20.00
0895281 Siren, Federal Q2B, Littelfuse 24213 Sol 0.00 100.00 0.00 0895974 Lights, Door Interior Flash, 4 Dr Cab, Wln 3S*00F*R, 3" Round 0.00 2.00 0.00 0748793 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, RS Body Load Managed 0.00 0.00 10.80 0748795 Lights, Wln, S44M** 44" 12VDC, LS Body Load Managed 0.00 0.00 10.80 0766906 Lights, Wln, PCPSM1*, Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 12.00 0774308 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 2nd Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0774309 Lights, Wln, P*H2* Pioneer, 12 VDC, 1st Load Managed 0.00 0.00 13.00 0783530 Mirrors, Ramco, 8000PCHR, All Heated/Remote, w/Convex, Dr Mnt, Add Wiring
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 8.00
0821260 Wiring, Spare, 20 A 12V DC, 12 Ckt Fuse Block, Blue Sea 5026 1st NFPA1900/ULC
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 20.00
0822831 Inverter/Battery Charger, Xantrex Frdm XC Pro 818-2010, Sw, NonNFPA 2024 100 Amp
Load Managed 0.00 0.00 195.31
0894651 HVAC, Heavy-Duty, Velocity FR, w/PACCAR, CARE Load Managed 0.00 0.00 136.00 0002758 Amp Draw, NFPA/ULC Radio Allowance NFPA 5.00 0.00 0.00 0053610 LS 140" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0053624 RS 140" Lap, Full Height Front & Rear NFPA 4.50 0.00 4.50 0083700 Compt, Rear, Rollup, 37.75" FF, 25.88" D NFPA 0.90 0.00 0.90 0088745 Light, Rear Zone Up, Wln L31HRFN LED Beacon, Red LED NFPA 3.20 4.80 0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 1 Electrical Analysis 9/15/2024
Bid #: 929
Velocity Type 1 Pumpers (37460 DUPLICATE) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Modesto
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
#15..
- 710 -
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0092582 Load Manager/Sequencer, MUX NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00 0536401 Gauges, Engine, Included With Pierce Pressure Controller NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0540439 Light, Front Zone, Wln M6* LED, Colored Lens 2Lts NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00 0555915 Wiper Control, 2-Speed with Intermittent, MUX, Impel/Velocity NFPA 2.10 8.40 0.00 0563675 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Rear, Truck-Lite 33050R LED 7Lts NFPA 0.35 0.00 0.00 0564654 Lights, Rear Zn Lwr, Wln M6*, Colored Lens, For Tail Light Housing
NFPA 1.80 2.70 0.00
0568012 Air Dryer, Wabco System Saver 1200, Heater, 2010 NFPA 7.81 0.00 0.00 0568369 Cab Instruments, Ivory Gauges, Chrome Bezels, Impel/Velocity 2010
NFPA 1.26 0.00 0.00
0593161 Light Shield, S/S LED NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00
0604784 Lightbar, Wln, Freedom IV-Q, 81", RRRRWRsrROptRsrRWRRRR NFPA 8.96 2.68 9.92 0605126 Pump Shift, Air Mnl Override, Split Shaft, Interlocked, Waterous NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0606017 Light, Do Not Move Apparatus, Wln VTX609R Red LED 2lts, DS PS Indicator
NFPA 60.00 90.00 0.00
0620054 Light, Directional/Marker, Intermediate, Weldon 9186-8580-29 LED 2lts
NFPA 0.10 0.90 0.00
0647638 Lights, Dome, Weldon Dual LED 4 Lts NFPA 0.80 0.80 0.00 0648074 Lights, Clearance/Marker/ID, Front, P25 LED 7 Lts NFPA 0.49 0.00 0.00 0648425 Light, Directional, Wln 600 Cmb, Cab Crn, Wrp Bzl Out HD Lts, Imp/Vel/AXT/Qtm
NFPA 0.70 0.70 0.00
0648630 Lights, Perimeter Cab, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 LED 4Dr, Angled Brkt NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00 0650184 Lights, Dome, Weldon, Dual LED NFPA 0.40 0.40 0.80 0653937 Flasher, Headlight Alternating NFPA 0.08 0.00 0.00 0657244 Lights, Compt, Pierce, LED Light Strip, 42", Additional NFPA 0.37 0.37 0.00 0668315 Cab, Velocity FR, 7010 Raised Roof NFPA 6.80 10.20 0.00 0672480 Light, Marker, P25, Recessed in Running Board NFPA 0.60 0.00 0.00 0682488 Light Shield, S/S, PS LED NFPA 3.00 0.00 0.00
0721609 Controller, Pressure, Pierce LCD, Custom Chassis NFPA 1.70 0.00 0.00 0734402 DEF Tank, 7.3 Gallon, LS Fill, Under Cab, Paccar, VEL NFPA 0.60 11.40 0.00 0739224 Indicator Light @ Pump Panel, Throttle Ready, Incl w/Pressure Gov/Throttle,Green
NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00
0745568 Indicator Light, Pump Panel, Ok To Pump, Green NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0747228 Lights, Side Zone Lower, Wln M6**, M6**, M6**, 6Lts NFPA 5.40 8.10 0.00 0750438 Water Level Gauge, Wln PSTANK2, LED 1-Light, 4-Level NFPA 1.60 0.00 0.00 0750526 Gauge, Water Level, Pierce, In pressure Controller, Lt Driver NFPA 1.23 0.00 0.00 0755556 Lights, Hyd Lad Rack Deployed, Wln M4** NFPA 0.10 0.00 0.00 0761022 Lights, Cargo/Dunnage, Amdor AY-LB-12HW020 Brkt NFPA 0.30 0.00 0.00 0762435 Light, Traffic Directing, Wln TAL85, 46.87" Long LED, Lens Feature
NFPA 2.52 2.52 0.00
0765826 Cabinet, Rear Facing, LS, 30.5 W x 30 H x 24 D, Ext Acc Only, Imp/Vel
NFPA 0.56 0.56 0.00
0768474 Lights, Hose Bed, Below Alum Cvr, Amdor AY-LB-12HW040, 40" LED 4lts
NFPA 2.40 0.00 0.00
0780173 Lights, Perimeter, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 6.39" LED NFPA 1.76 0.00 0.00 0780176 Lights, Perimeter Body, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 6.39" LED 2lts, Rear Step
NFPA 0.88 0.00 0.00
0780178 Lights, Perimeter Pump House, TecNiq E10-WS00-1 6.39" LED 2lts
NFPA 0.88 0.00 0.00
0783153 Headlights, Rect LED, JW Spkr Evo 2, AXT/DCF/Enf/Imp/Sab/Vel NFPA 4.20 4.20 0.00 0793062 Lights, Step, P25 LED 4lts, Control Feature NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0804514 Lights, Tail, Wln M62BTT* Red Stop/Tail & M62T* Amber Dir Arw For Hsg
NFPA 0.83 2.49 0.00
0808514 Engine, Paccar MX, 510HP, 1850 lb-ft W/OBD, EPA 2027, Velocity NFPA 6.00 0.00 0.00 0814201 Vehicle Information Center, 7" Color Display, Touchscreen, MUX, CL714
NFPA 1.20 0.00 0.00
0815943 Cabinet, Rear Facing, RS, 26.5 W x 30 H x 21.5 D, Ext Acc Only, Sp Mtg, Imp/Vel
NFPA 0.30 0.30 0.00
0816082 Modification, Ladder Rack, Steel Gussets NFPA 1.40 0.00 0.00 0819026 Siren, Wln 295HFSA7 200W, Dual Tone, Non-NFPA 2024 NFPA 1.40 12.60 0.00 0821860 Lights, Compt, Pierce LED, Dual Light Strips, Each Side of Door, All Compts
NFPA 4.48 0.00 0.00
0827711 Gauge Panel, Vertically Hinged, Panel Trim NFPA 0.11 0.00 0.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 2 Electrical Analysis 9/15/2024
Bid #: 929
Velocity Type 1 Pumpers (37460 DUPLICATE) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Modesto
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
#15..
- 711 -
Option Description Type* Minimum
Load
Intermittent
Load
Total
Connected
0887546 Trans, Allison 6th Gen, 4000 EVS P, w/Prognostics, Imp/Vel/SFR/Enf
NFPA 2.00 2.00 0.00
0889571 Bracket, License Plate & Light, P25 LED, Stainless Brkt, Loc NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00 0892637 Lights, Cab & Crw Cab Acs Stps, P25, LED w/Bezel, 1Lt Per Step NFPA 1.00 0.00 0.00 0892654 Light, Step, Additional, P25 LED NFPA 0.21 0.00 0.00 0892704 Lights, Walk Surf, 8-P25 LED, Hose Bed Cover, Overall Height Restrictions
NFPA 0.07 0.00 0.00
0764491 Alternator, 420 amp, Leece-Neville BLP4003 S 0.00 0.00 0.00 Load Totals: 167.78 856.47 552.46
Minimum Continuous Load
Supply: 241.00
Demand: 167.78
Variance: 73.22
Total Connected Load
Supply: 348.00
Demand: 301.33
Variance: 46.67
Note: Minimum Continous Load is in "Blocking Right of Way" mode.(Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Intermittent Load items are not factored in on any alternator load comparisons. These items are included on the report for reference only and should be looked at as amp draw exclusion items. (Reference current edition of NFPA 1901) Note: Total Connected Load "Demand" represents Total Connected Load minus any Load Managed items Alternator Output at Idle: 241.00 Alternator Output at Governed Speed: 348.00 * UDMC = User Defined Mission Critical, LM = User Defined Load Managed, S = Electrical Amperage Supply 3 Electrical Analysis 9/15/2024
Bid #: 929
Velocity Type 1 Pumpers (37460 DUPLICATE) Sales Rep:

Organization:

Young, Dewayne
Golden State Fire Apparatus, Inc
Desc:

Job #:

Customer: City of Modesto
Option: Pierce Command Zone, Advanced Electronics & Control System, Vel WiFi CZT
Type: Multiplexed
#15..
- 712 -
Turning Performance Analysis
Bid Number: 929 Chassis: Velocity Chassis (Big Block), 2010 Department: City of Modesto Body: Pumper, Short, Galvanneal, 2nd Gen Parameters:
*Inside Cramp Angle: 45°
Axle Track: 82.92 in.

Wheel Offset: 4.68 in.

Tread Width: 16.3 in.

Chassis Overhang: 78 in.

Additional Bumper Depth: 19 in.

Front Overhang: 97 in.

Wheelbase: 179.5 in.

Calculated Turning Radii:

Inside Turn: 13 ft. 11 in.

Curb to curb: 27 ft. 7 in.

Wall to wall: 32 ft. 6 in.

Notes:
*Actual Inside cramp angle may be less than shown.

Curb to Curb turning radius calculated for 9.00 inch curb. 09/15/2024
Category Option Description
Axle, Front, Custom 0508848 Axle, Front, Oshkosh TAK-4, Non Drive, 19,500 lb, Imp/Vel Tires, Front 0899288 Tires, Front, Goodyear, Armor MAX MSA, 425/65R22.50, 20 ply, Fire Service Speed
Bumpers 0536235 Bumper, 19" Extended, Steel Painted, Imp/Vel Wheels, Front 0019611 Wheels, Front, Alcoa, 22.50" x 12.25", Aluminum, Hub Pilot #15..
- 713 -
Definitions:

Inside CrampAngle Maximum turning angle of the front inside fire.

Axle Track King-pin to King-pin distance of front axle.

Wheel Offset Offset from the center line of the wheel to the King-pin.

Tread Width Width of the tire tread.

Chassis Overhang Distance of the center line of the front axle to the front edge of the cab. This does not include the bumper depth.

Additional Bumper Wheel Depth that the bumper assembly adds to the front overhang.

Wheelbase Distance between the center lines of the vehicles front and rear axles.

Inside Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle can turn.

Curb to Curb Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures assumes a curb height of 9 inches.

Wall to Wall Turning Radius Radius of the smallest circle around which the vehicle's tires can turn. This measures takes into account any front overhang due to chassis , bumper extensions and or aerial devices. #15..
- 714 -
JROGHQVWDWHĆUHFRP

PRODUCT

WARRANTIES
Exhibit “C”
4 #15..
- 715 -
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0008

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

2. DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES
The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty.

This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

No specific exclusions apply
Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

One (1) Year Material and Workmanship
Basic Apparatus
Twelve (12) months. Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

If the product fails to conform to the warranty set forth in paragraph 1 during the warranty period, and such nonconformity is not due to misuse, neglect, accident or improper maintenance, Buyer must notify Pierce within the time period specified in paragraph 1, and shall make the product available for inspection by Pierce or its designated agent. At the request of Pierce, any allegedly defective product shall be returned to Pierce by Buyer for examination and/or repair. Buyer shall be responsible for the cost of such transportation, and for risk of loss of or damage to the product during transportation.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
#15..
- 716 -
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
Velocity and Impel Custom Chassis
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Portions of the apparatus manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and workmanship

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date the apparatus is placed in service, or 60 days from the original buyer invoice date, whichever comes first. Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies, where applicable, to Goldstar lamination, defroster heater coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module), heater, air conditioning condenser coil and fan/motor assembly, air conditioning evaporator coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the drain pan pump and thermostat), under seat heaters coil and motor blower assembly (excluding the FET PWM module),
HVAC electronic switches, HVAC hoses and hard lines,
heater water valve, Pierce PS6 seat frames and hardware, Pierce One-Eleven mirrors, Pierce hands-free scba holder, cracking or color loss of roto-molded components, Meritor rear axle, Wabco ABS system, cab door handles, Standen
spring suspension components, and the gauge instrument
cluster.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Years, or
30,000 Miles, or
5000 Engine Hours
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/2/2015 WA0284
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

Covers any failures of the engine which result, under normal use and service, from a defect in material or factory
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Warranty Begins: The date of the original buyer invoice.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

See warranty for exclusions.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) years or 100,000 miles, whichever occurs first Warranty Period Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 3/19/2021 WA0386
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States
THIS LIMITED WARRANTY (“LIMITED WARRANTY”) LISTS THE RESPECTIVE RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF PIERCE MANUFACTURING INC.’S END USER CUSTOMER THAT FIRST PUTS THE PACCAR ENGINE INTO SERVICE (“YOU” or “FIRST PURCHASER”), PACCAR INC (“PACCAR”), AND THE SERVICING PACCAR ENGINE DISTRIBUTORS (“AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS”). PLEASE READ THIS LIMITED WARRANTY CAREFULLY.

PACCAR warrants directly to You that the PACCAR MX engine and related kitted parts (collectively, the “Engine”) will be free from defects in materials and factory workmanship (“Warrantable Failures”) appearing under normal commercial use and service during the time, mileage or hour limitations set forth in the attached Warranty Schedule. This Engine warranty extends only to You, and not any subsequent owner or user of the Engine. The Emissions warranty is made to all owners of the Engine in the chain of distribution until the end of the Emissions warranty coverage period. Warranty coverage relating to the Emissions components is outlined in the Emissions Warranty section of the PACCAR MX Operator’s Manual, the terms and conditions of which are incorporated herein by reference.

YOUR SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AGAINST PACCAR AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES ARISING FROM YOUR

PURCHASE AND USE OF THIS ENGINE IS LIMITED TO THE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF WARRANTABLE FAILURES AT AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS IN THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA AND IS SUBJECT TO PACCAR’S TIME, MILEAGE, AND HOUR LIMITATIONS LISTED IN THE ATTACHED WARRANTY SCHEDULES. The maximum time, mileage and hour limitations in the Warranty Schedules begin running on the Date of Delivery to the First Purchaser. The accrued time, mileage, or hours is calculated when this Engine is brought into an Authorized Distributor for correction of Warrantable Failures.

WARRANTY DISCLAIMER AND LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (ENGINE AND EMISSIONS) This Limited Warranty is the sole warranty made by PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors to You relating to the Engine. Except for the above limited express warranty, PACCAR and its Authorized Distributors make no other warranties to You, express or implied. PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

IT IS AGREED THAT PACCAR AND ITS AUTHORIZED DISTRIBUTORS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO: LOSS OF INCOME OR LOST PROFITS; ENGINE OR VEHICLE DOWNTIME; THIRD PARTY DAMAGE, INCLUDING DAMAGE OR LOSS TO OTHER ENGINES, VEHICLES OR PROPERTY, ATTACHMENTS, TRAILERS AND CARGO; LOSS OR DAMAGE TO PERSONAL CONTENTS; COMMUNICATION EXPENSES; LODGING AND/OR MEAL EXPENSES; FINES; APPLICABLE TAXES OR BUSINESS COSTS OR LOSSES; ATTORNEYS’ FEES; AND ANY LIABILITY YOU MAY HAVE IN RESPECT TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to parts or accessories supplied by the vehicle manufacturer or third parties.

Failures of belts and hoses supplied by PACCAR are covered during the first year from the Date of Delivery of the Engine to the First Purchaser. PACCAR does not warrant antifreeze, lubricants, filters, filter elements, or any other part that is a maintenance or repair item. However, in its sole discretion, PACCAR may pay for lubricating oil, antifreeze, filter elements, belts, hoses, and other maintenance or repair items if the need for replacing such items is due to a Warrantable Failure of the Engine.

You are responsible for the safe operation and maintenance of the Engine and Emissions equipment as specified in the applicable Operator’s Manuals. You are responsible for providing proof that all recommended inspections and maintenance have been performed. Before the expiration of the applicable warranty, You must notify an Authorized Distributor of any Warrantable Failures and make the Engine available for Engine repair by such Authorized Distributor. You are responsible for delivery of the Engine to the Authorized Distributor. Locations in the United States and Canada of Authorized Distributors may be found at WWW.PACCARPOWERTRAIN.COM.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR WEAR AND TEAR OR WEAROUT OF COVERED PARTS, storage deterioration, and changes in adjustment resulting from your use of the Engine. Damage due to accident, misuse, abuse, neglect, negligence, improper or insufficient maintenance, or unauthorized modification is not warranted. This may include, but is not limited to: operation without adequate coolants, lubricants, or other fluids; over-fueling; over-speeding; lack of maintenance of the lubricating, cooling or air intake systems; improper storage, starting, warm-up, run-in or shutdown practices; and unauthorized modifications to the Engine. PACCAR is not responsible for damage or loss resulting from Engine horsepower/torque upgrades.

Parts used to repair a Warrantable Failure may be new parts, approved remanufactured parts, or repaired parts. PACCAR is not responsible for failures resulting from the use of parts not approved by PACCAR. A new or approved remanufactured part used to repair a Warrantable Failure assumes the identity of the part it has replaced and is entitled to the remaining warranty coverage, if any.

PACCAR IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGE OR LOSSES CAUSED BY INCORRECT OIL, FUEL, DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID, COOLANT, OR ADDITIVES; WATER, DIRT OR OTHER CONTAMINANTS IN THE FUEL, OIL OR DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID; OPERATION WITHOUT ADEQUATE COOLANTS OR LUBRICANTS; OVER-FUELING; OVER-SPEEDING; IMPROPER STORAGE, STARTING, WARM-UP, RUN-IN OR SHUT-DOWN PRACTICES; OR UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS OF THE ENGINE. Failure of replacement parts used in repairs due to the above non-warrantable conditions is not warrantable.

If your vehicle is disabled by a Warrantable Failure to the Engine during the base warranty period, PACCAR is not responsible for towing expenses to transport the vehicle to the nearest Authorized Distributor. In lieu of the towing expense and at the sole discretion of PACCAR, #15..
- 719 -
Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted
PACCAR will pay the reasonable costs of an authorized mechanic to travel to and from the location of the disabled Vehicle in order to perform the Engine repair.

PACCAR will pay for reasonable labor costs for Engine removal and reinstallation when necessary to repair a Warrantable Failure.

Warrantable Failures resulting in excessive oil consumption will be handled within the basic Engine coverage as stated in the attached Engine Schedule. Before a claim for excessive oil consumption, low power, or excessive fuel consumption will be considered for payment, You must submit adequate documentation to show that consumption exceeds PACCAR published standards PACCAR reserves the right to inspect and download data from the Engine Electronic Control Module for purpose of failure analysis unless prohibited by applicable law.

TIME LIMIT ON COMMENCING LEGAL ACTION / OTHER TERMS
IT IS AGREED THAT YOU HAVE 12 MONTHS FROM THE ACCRUAL OF THE CAUSE OF ACTION TO COMMENCE ANY LEGAL ACTION ARISING FROM THE PURCHASE OR USE OF THE ENGINE, OR BE BARRED FOREVER.

To the extent any provision of this limited warranty is found to contravene the law of any jurisdiction, the remainder of the warranty shall not be affected thereby.

#15..
- 720 -
Oshkosh Corporation Classification - Restricted

PACCAR ENGINE LIMITED WARRANTY SCHEDULE
PACCAR MX Warranty
United States

THIS ENGINE WARRANTY SCHEDULE APPLIES ONLY TO ORIGINAL FACTORY EQUIPMENT AND IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND LIMITATIONS IN THE ATTACHED LIMITED WARRANTY. This Engine Warranty Schedule does not apply to the vehicle which is warranted separately. Pursuant to the terms of the attached Limited Warranty, PACCAR Inc (“PACCAR”) will pay warranty claims for Warrantable Failures within the following maximum limits in time, mileage, or hours, whichever shall occur first. The Warrantable Failure must be brought to the attention of an Authorized Distributor within 30 days of discovery.

PACCAR MX Engine
Basic Engine -Twenty-four (24) months or 250,000 miles (or 400,000 km) or 6,250 hours - (all applications except fire apparatus)
Fire Apparatus Truck Applications Basic Engine - Sixty (60) months or 100,000 miles (or 160,000 km) or 6,250 hours
Major Engine Components - Sixty (60) months or 500,000 miles or 12,500 hours Cylinder Block Casting Crankshaft Lube Pump Gear Flywheel Housing Main Bearing Bolts Camshaft Crankshaft Gear Water Pump Housing Cylinder Head Casting Cam Follower Assemblies Camshaft Gear Thermostat Housing Cylinder Head Capscrews Connecting Rod Assemblies Camshaft Idler Gear #15..
- 721 -
#15..
- 722 -
#15..
- 723 -
#15..
- 724 -
#15..
- 725 -

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Lifetime Fifty (50) Year Structural Integrity
Chassis Frame & Crossmembers
Fifty (50) Years
(Expected Life of Apparatus)
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Custom chassis frame rail and cross members manufactured by Pierce shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
#15..
- 726 -
This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty excludes brake pads, brake rotors, seal boots and shock absorbers.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Three (3) Years
-or30,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 12/16/2013 WA0050
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Three (3) Year Material and Workmanship
TAK-4 Independent Front Suspension
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The TAK-4 Front Independent Suspension and Steering
Gears shall be free from defects in material and
workmanship.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
#15..
- 727 -
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

SUPPLIER
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor axle shall be covered by Meritor as indicated in the attached Meritor warranty coverage description

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the purchaser who first puts the product in service ("Buyer"):
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor warranty
description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 6/29/2020 WA0384
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

CUMMINS-MERITOR

COMMERCIAL

VEHICLE SYSTEMS

WARRANTY

COVERAGE FOR THE

UNITED STATES AND CANADA
MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
#15..
- 729 -
2 WARRANTY INFORMATION

TABLE OF CONTENTS
EFFECTIVE MODEL YEAR 2024 VEHICLES
Linehaul.......................................................................................................3 General Service ...........................................................................................6 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle ..................................................................9 Fire and Emergency................................................................................... 12 Transit Bus ................................................................................................ 14 Off-highway Service................................................................................... 15 Terms and Conditions................................................................................ 17 How to Read Warranty Coverage
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands)
Unl = Unlimited
P = Parts Only
P&L = Parts and Labor
Notice:

Models or components that are approved for use by Cummins-Meritor’s vocational guidelines contained in Cummins-Meritor publication TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles and TP-12126 for drivelines, or any other products that have an application approval completed with Cummins-Meritor which are not specifically listed, are warranted for one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles, parts only (1/Unl/P).

Advantage Program
Purchasing additional coverage on select components will continue to safeguard your investment against major repair costs after the initial base coverage expires. You can find out more about the Advantage Program by visiting meritor.com or by contacting Cummins-Meritor at 866-OnTrac1 (866-668-7221). #15..
- 730 -
3 Linehaul Vehicles
Auto Hauler1
Bulk Hauler1
Chip Hauler1,2
Doubles
Flatbed
General Freight
Grain Hauler1
Livestock Hauler
Moving Van
Pipe Hauler
Refrigerated Freight
Tanker1
Triples
1 Cummins-Meritor classifies these vehicle types as high center of gravity, which require special axle housing considerations. 2 Chip Hauler vehicles require specific axle models listed below and Linehaul condition to be eligible for Linehaul warranty consideration.

Linehaul Typically Is:

High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
Greater than 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Well maintained highways of concrete or asphalt construction (100% on-road)
Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel).

Note:Category B job sites, terminals, docks, transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud; or other similar surfaces) are NOT approved for certain linehaul axle models.

Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/750/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/750/P&L
MS-19-14X
RS-21-160
MS-23-17H1,2
MS-23-17X2
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Vocational Definition of Linehaul
Long distance hauling of food, goods and finished materials Not included are raw ferrous materials, minerals (except oil), sand, gravel, stone, rocks, topsoil, waste or logs Linehaul includes turnpike and hub & spoke
1 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 2 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
#15..
- 731 -
4 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets 5/500/P, 1/100/L
TPX3000 Axle Series2 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/100/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak75 7/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear is 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.
3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 5
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 5/750/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.

Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)1
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Curbing Damage Warranty2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/100/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/300/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor (For axle and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.) 2 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable.

LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/750/P&L
RT-40-160/P1,2
RT-46-160/P1,2
RT-46-164/P1,2
RZ-1662
RT-50-160/P1,2
MA-40-165
MA-40-17H3
RZ-188
MA-40-175
MT-34-14X/P4
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14X/P4
MT-40-14H/E3,4
1 These models required for Chip Hauler and Linehaul warranty consideration. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 3 Not approved for use in any Category B job sites, terminals, docks or transfer sites. 4 Recommend 11 mm minimum wall thickness for these models used in combination with high center of gravity vehicles and trailing arm suspensions or vehicles operating mainly in Canada.
#15..
- 732 -
5 LINEHAUL

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
ASA 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™2 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ L and EX+LS Air Disc Brake™3 5/500/P, 1/Unl/L
EX+L Air Disc Brake Extended Standard Warranty3,4 5/500/P&L 1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 3
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P. 4
Applies only to calipers using friction: MA9300 (EX225LXXXCGXXX).

Drivelines
RPL 5/500/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
#15..
- 733 -
6 General Service Vehicles
Auto Hauler
Beverage Truck
Bulk Hauler
Chip Hauler
Cross Country Coach
Flatbed
Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
Front Engine Integral Coach
General Freight
Grain Hauler
Intercity Coach
Intermodal Chassis
Livestock Hauler
Meat Packer
Moving Van
Municipal Truck
Newspaper Delivery
Pick-Up and Delivery
Pipe Hauler
Platform Auto Hauler
Rear Engine Integral Coach
Recreational Vehicles
Refrigerated Freight
School Bus
Stake Truck
Tanker
Tanker Trailer
Tour Bus
Wrecker
General Service Typically Is:

Typically, moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles/year) An average of 3 to 30 miles between starts and stops
Maximum grades of 12%
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road allowed) Category A job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as pavement, concrete or maintained and hard packed gravel) or Category B job sites, terminals, docks and transfer sites (defined as loose or unmaintained sand, dirt or gravel; landfill; farm field; mud, or other similar surfaces)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FH-941
FH-9461
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B-N
MFS-6-162B-N
MFS-6-153C-N
MFS-6-162C-N
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-143A-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122A-N
MFS-12E-122A-N
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12E-143A-N
MFS-13-122A-N
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-14-122A-N
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
1 Can also be used with reduced steer angles in tag position in Coach applications.

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P RT-46-160/P RT-46-164/P RT-50-160/P RZ-166
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
Brake Components
Cam Q Series Trailer Brakes1 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Cam P2 2/200/P
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1,2 2/200/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/200/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
STEELite X30 Drum Brake™3 12-Years or Wearable Life/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™4 2/Unl/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III or Chassis Protect. 2
Applies to Tour Bus and Cross Country Coach only. 3
Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P
Rear Drive Single Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-13X
MS-17-14X
MS-19-13X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-13X
MS-21-14X
MS-23-17X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RC-23-161
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-30-185
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-35-380
1 3/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.
#15..
- 735 -
8 Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
TPX4000 Axle Series3 10/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems4
Standard System5 1/Unl/P&L
AxlePak5 5/Unl/P&L
AxlePak76 7/Unl/P&L
AxlePak107 10/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components and ABS coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties.
2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
3 Structural components only excluding spindle wear. Spindle wear 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 4
Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 5 When installed by Cummins-Meritor. 6
When specified with AxlePak7 wheel end system, coverage on Meritor Tire Inflation System (MTIS) thru-tee and stator is 7/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L. 7 AxlePak10 is limited to Intermodal Chassis applications equipped with TPX4000 series axles.

TAG/Pusher Axles1
TQ, TR Beam and Brackets 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
MC14002, MC16003, FH9462 2/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 3/Unl/P&L if sold with PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Trailer Mechanical Suspension
Systems1
IMS40 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Tandem)2 1/Unl/P&L IMS20 (Integrated Mechanical Suspension – Single)2 1/Unl/P&L 1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 All other suspension components refer to appropriate manufacturer’s warranty.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MPA40 (Tandem Axle Parallelogram)2
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Curbing Damage Warranty3 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
PinLoc Air Controls 1/Unl/P&L
PinLoc Actuator 3/Unl/P&L
MPA20 (Single Axle Parallelogram)
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Air Springs and Rebound Straps 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings 5/P, 3/L
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Height Control Valve 1/Unl/P&L
Air Springs 2/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Bushings4 5/Unl/P, 3/Unl/L
Shock Absorbers 2/Unl/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/Unl/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Fastener torque coverage is limited to 2/Unl/P&L when torqued by CumminsMeritor. 3 “Curbing damage” is defined as deformation (bending, buckling or breakage), caused by sudden impact with a curb or similar fixed object. Damage to the RideSentry slider box (the suspension sliding sub-frame, consisting of the frame rails, cross-members and central A-frame assembly), caused by accidental trailer impact with a curb or similar fixed object, is eligible for warranty coverage. Damage to other components or damage resulting from collision with another vehicle, rollover or fire is not covered under this provision. Warranty is not transferable to another trailer VIN and coverage does not apply if the trailer is deemed to be a total loss, scrapped or otherwise not salvageable. 4 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L

GENERAL SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
#15..
- 736 -
9 Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicles
Airport Rescue Fire
Fighting (ARFF)
Airport Shuttle1
Asphalt Truck
Block Truck
Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
Cementing Vehicle
Commercial Pick-Up
Concrete Pumper
Construction Material Hauler
Mixer
Demolition
Drill Rig
Dump
Equipment Hauling
Flatbed Trailer Hauler
Flatbed Truck
Fracturing Truck
Front Loader
Geophysical Exploration
Hopper Trailer Combinations
Landscaping Truck
Liquid Waste Hauler
Log Hauling
Lowboy
Michigan Special Gravel
Train
Michigan Special Log Hauler
Michigan Special Steel
Hauler
Michigan Special Waste
Vehicle
Municipal Dump
Rear Loader (Refuse)
Recycling Truck
Residential Pick-Up (Refuse)
Rigging Truck
Roll-Off
Scrap Truck
Semi-End Dump
Sewer/Septic Vacuum
Shuttle Bus1
Side Loader
Snowplow/Snowblower
Steel Hauling
Tanker
Tank Truck
Tractors with Pole Trailers
Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
Transfer Dump
Transfer Vehicle
Utility Truck
Winch Truck
1 Commercial chassis only
Heavy Service/Specialty Vehicle
Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 60,000 miles per year) On/off-road vocations (10% or more off-road)
Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
FD-965
FF-941
FF-942
FF-943
FF-944
FF-946
FF-961
FF-966
FF-967
FG-941
FG-943
FH-941
FH-946
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-6-151A-N
MFS-6-153B
MFS-6-162B
MFS-6-162C
MFS-7-113C-N
MFS-7-153C-N
MFS-7-163C-N
MFS-8-113B-N
MFS-8-153B-N
MFS-8-163B-N
MFS-10-122A
MFS-10-143A-N
MFS-10-144A-N
MFS-12-122
MFS-12E-122
MFS-12-122B-N
MFS-12E-122B-N
MFS-12-122C-N
MFS-12E-122C-N
MFS-12-124A-N
MFS-12-132B-N
MFS-12E-132B-N
MFS-12-132C-N
MFS-12E-132C-N
MFS-12-143A-N
MFS-12-144A-N
MFS-12-155
MFS-13-122
MFS-13-122B-N
MFS-13B-122B-N
MFS-13-122C-N
MFS-13B-122C-N
MFS-13-132B-N
MFS-13B-132B-N
MFS-13-132C-N
MFS-13B-132C-N
MFS-13-143A-N
MFS-13-144A-N
MFS-13-155
MFS-14-122
MFS-14-122B-N
MFS-14F-122B-N
MFS-14G-122B-N
MFS-14-122C-N
MFS-14F-122C-N
MFS-14G-122C-N
MFS-14-124A-N
MFS-14-132B-N
MFS-14F-132B-N
MFS-14G-132B-N
MFS-14-132C-N
MFS-14F-132C-N
MFS-14G-132C-N
MFS-14-142B-N
MFS-14F-142B-N
MFS-14G-142B-N
MFS-14-142C-N
MFS-14F-142C-N
MFS-14G-142C-N
MFS-14-143A-N
MFS-14-144A-N
MFS-16-122A-N
MFS-16-133A-N
MFS-16-135A-N
MFS-16-143A-N
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-192A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
RF-16-145
RF-21-160

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require that
the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441
for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
#15..
- 737 -
10 Rear Drive Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MS-17-14X
MS-19-14X
MS-21-14X
RS-21-160
RC-23-160
RH-23-160
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186/380
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-25-160
MS-26-616
MS-26-616-SP
RS-26-185/380
RC-26-633
MS-30-616
MS-30-616-SP
RS-30-185/380
MS-35-380
RS-38-380
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
RND-14H RND-16A
Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MT-34-14X/P
MT-40-14T/P
MT-40-14X/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-169
RT-58-160
MT-52-616
MT-52-616-SP
RT-52-185/3801,2
MT-58-616
MT-58-616-SP
RT-58-185/3801,2
RT-70-380
MT-70-380
RZ-188
1 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 2 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem – 3/Unl/P&L
RT-40-160/P/A3 RT-46-160/P/A1,3 RT-46-164/P2,3 RT-50-160/P/A3 RZ-166 1 U.S. only. Canadian warranty = 1/Unl/P for combination vehicles only. 2 Axle model designated will vary according to options and variations specified on these axles. Contact Cummins-Meritor Axle Applications Engineering for details. 3 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details.

Front Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P&L
MX-08-130-FV (FSD-08A)
MX-10-130-FV (FSD-10A)
MX-12-130-FV (FSD-12A)
MX-13-130-FV (FSD-13A)
MX-14-130-FV (FSD-14A)
MX-16-130-FV (FSD-16A)
MX-18-130-FV (FSD-18A)
MX-18-130-SD (SDA-1800)
MX-20-130-FV (FSD-20A)
MX-21-130-FV (FSD-21A)
MX-21-130-SD (SDA-2100)
MX-23-130-FV (FSD-23A)
MX-23-130-SD (SDA-2300)

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
MX-10-120
MX-10-120 EVO
MX-12-120
MX-12-120 EVO
MX-14-120
MX-14-120 EVO
MX-16-120
MX-18-120
MX-17-140
MX-19-140
MX-21-140
MX-21-160
MX-23-160
MX-23-810
Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
#15..
- 738 -
11 Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/P&L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam P 3/Unl/P
Cam P 2/100/P
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 3/Unl/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™2 2/100/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
ASA2 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components3 1/Unl/P Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake4 2/100/P&L
1 For Trailer only, 3/300/P against rust jacking when equipped with Platinum Shield III. 2
Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 3 Based on stamped wear diameter max. 4
Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Trailer Axles1
Beam and Brackets2 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Wheel End Systems3
Standard System4 1/Unl/P&L
1 For brake components coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 9000 Series is 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L 3 Includes hub, wheel seals and wheel bearings—all systems require annual inspections and proper documentation to ensure full coverage. 4 When installed by Cummins-Meritor.

Trailer Air Suspension Systems1
MTA and MTA-Tec6 Trailing Arm Suspension System
Major Structural Components2 5/500/P, 1/100/L
Height Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Air Springs 2/200/P, 1/100/L
Bushings2 5/500/P, 3/300/L
Shock Absorbers 2/200/P&L
Lift Kit System 1/100/P&L
1 For axle coverage, refer to appropriate product warranties. 2 Raw wood applications 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Meritor Tire Inflation System
(MTIS)
MTIS Components 5/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3203
MTC-3205-GV (MTC-25/RTC-25)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213

HEAVY SERVICE/SPECIALTY VEHICLE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
#15..
- 739 -
12 Fire and Emergency Vehicles
Aerial Ladder Truck
Aerial Platform
Ambulance
Command Vehicle
Crash Fire Rescue
Pumper
Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
Tanker
Fire and Emergency Typically Is:

Lower mileage operations (less than 20,000 miles/year)
Generally, on-road service (less than 10% off-road)
An average of three (3) miles between starting and stopping Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
FL-941
FL-943
MFS-18-133A-N
MFS-18-135A-N
MFS-18-193A-N
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
RC-23-160
RS-23-160
RS-23-161
RS-23-185
RS-23-186
RS-24-160
RC-25-160
RS-26-185
RS-30-185
RS-35-1851
RS-25-160
1 2/Unl/P&L if PreSet by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Drive Tandem/Tridem Axles – 5/Unl/P&L
MT-40-14X/P
RT-40-160/P
MT-44-14X/P
RT-46-160/P
RT-46-164/P
RT-46-169
RT-50-160/P
MT-52-616
RT-52-1851
MT-58-616
RT-58-1851
MT-70-3802
1 Each vehicle must have a Request for Application Recommendation (RAR) approved by Cummins-Meritor prior to vehicle build. All RARs must identify the chassis number or VIN. Refer to Product Information Letter #303 and #396 for further details. 2 2/Unl/P&L Front Drive Steer Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
MX-19-140 MX-21-140 MX-21-160 MX-23-160 MX-23-810

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.

Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3206-CS (544)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3212-CV (315 and 548B)
MTC-3312-FV (TC-270)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
MTC-4206-FV (TC-38)
MTC-4208
MTC-4210
MTC-4213
#15..
- 740 -
13 PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702

FIRE AND EMERGENCY

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake™1 2/Unl/P&L
1 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/200/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 4/400/P, 1/Unl/L
MXL 3/350/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P
#15..
- 741 -
14 Transit Bus Vehicles
Airport Shuttle
City Bus
Commuter Coach
Shuttle Bus
Transit Bus Trolley
Transit Bus Typically Is:

Moderate mileage operation (less than 50,000 miles per year) Moderate to frequent stops/starts (up to 10 stops per mile) Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 5/300/P&L
FH-946 FH-9411 MFS-12-155 MFS-13-155
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Tag Axles – 2/Unl/P&L
Brake Components
Cam Cast Plus™ 2/100/P&L
Q+ Drum Brake™1 2/100/P&L
ASA1 2/100/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P
EX+ Air Disc Brake2 2/100/P&L
1 Applies to City Bus, Trolley, Shuttle Bus and Airport Shuttle only. 2 Warranty coverage for boots, seals, caps, bushings and pins is 2/100/P.

Warranty coverage for pads is 1/100/P.

Drivelines
RPL 3/Unl/P, 1/Unl/L
92N 1/Unl/P&L
MXL 1/Unl/P&L
1 Commuter coach only – 2/Unl/P&L
Rear Drive Single Axles – 5/300/P&L
RS-23-160
RC-23-161
71163
79163
RC-23-1621
RC-23-1651
RS-21-160
MC-14002 MC-16003 FH-946
Center Non-drive Axles – 5/300/P&L
MC-26000 71063 79063
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-450 MGX-451 MGX-538

TRANSIT BUS

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty require
that the application of products be properly approved
pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals.

Refer to TP-9441 for axles, TP-12126 for drivelines
and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific
application approval questions on any product line.
#15..
- 742 -
15 Industrial and Off-Highway Service Vehicles
Load-On/Load-Off
Port Tractor
Rail Yard Spotter
Roll-On/Roll-Off
Stevedoring Tractor
Trailer Spotter
Yard Jockey
All and Rough
Terrain Cranes
Forestry
Material Handling
Specialized Heavy
Haul
Excavator
Compactor
Fertilizer Spreader
Snow Blower
Mining and
Specialized Mining
Rail Car Mover
Loader
Tow Tractor
Pushback Tractor
Industrial and Off-Highway Service Typically Is:

Low mileage operation
Low speed vehicle speed restriction
Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
Six (6) starts/stops per mile (typical)
Front Non-Drive Steer Axles – 1/Unl/P
FF - 941
FF - 943
FF - 961
FF - 966
FG - 941
FG - 943
FL - 941
FL - 943
FN - 951
FS-25
MFS-20-133A-N
MFS-20-135A-N
MFS-20-192A-N
MFS-20-193A-N
MFS-22-135A-N
MFS-22H-135A-N
MFS-22-193A-N
MFS-22H-193A-N
MON-Z0 FAMILY
Gearboxes – 1/Unl/P&L
MGX-402
MGX-423
MGX-450
MGX-451
MGX-466
MGX-479
MGX-538
PTO – 1/Unl/P&L
MPT-170
MPT-180
MPT-185
MPT-309
MPT-500
MPT-518
MPT-1702
1 2/Unl/P for LO/LO Terminal Tractor applications
Planetary Axles – 1/Unl/P
MOB
MOC
MOD
MOE
MOF
MOG
MOH
MOR
MOS
MOT
MOX
MOY
MOZ
Rear Drive Axles – 1/Unl/P
MT-14X1
RS-23-186
RS-23-380
RS-24-160
RS-30-185
RS-30-380
RT-1451
RT-1601

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

RPL MXL
Transmission – 1/Unl/P&L
FAT 30
Brake Components
Cam 3/Unl/P
Q+ Drum Brake™ 3/Unl/P&L
ASA 3/Unl/P
Hubs/Cast Drums and Other Wheel-End Components 1/Unl/P
Hydraulic Disc Brakes 1/Unl/P
All Other Brakes 1/Unl/P

OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

WARRANTY INFORMATION
Transfer Cases – 1/Unl/P
MTC-2212-CV (306)
MTC-3106-FV (TC-137)
MTC-3111 (T-2111 through-shaft)
MTC-3112-CV (548C)
MTC-3116 (T-2111)
MTC-3118-FV (TC-180 and TC-180-23)
MTC-3118-CV (358)
MTC-3120-FV (TC-143)
MTC-3124 (T-2119)
MTC-3206-FV (TC-237)
MTC-3208-GV (RTC-50)
MTC-3209-GV (MTC-60/RTC-60)
MTC-3220-FC (TC-142)
#15..
- 744 -
17 Coverage Exclusions
Product Description
All
The cost of any repairs, replacements or adjustments to a covered component (1) associated with noise; (2) resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine Cummins-Meritor components or materials; (3) due to vibration associated with improper operation or misapplication of drivetrain components; and (4) damage resulting from corrosion.

For axle assemblies supplied by Cummins-Meritor with suspension and interface brackets designed and/or attached by nonCummins-Meritor parties, Cummins-Meritor warranty coverage does not apply to the brackets, bracket attachment methods and field issues caused by brackets or bracket attachments to any covered component unless specified in a separate OEM agreement.

Front Axles1
Linehaul – King Pin Bushings 1yr/Unl P&L
All Other Vocations – King Pin Bushings Excluded
1 King Pin Bushing wear excluded for all vocations.

Rear Axles
Self-contained traction equalizers and oil filters. The use of NoSPIN differentials will result in the exclusion of axle shafts from warranty considerations. NoSPIN is a product of Eaton.

ASA
Boot and bushing. Bent, broken, over-torqued, missing or otherwise damaged pawl assemblies.

Cam Brake
Brake lining wear and brake shoe “rust-jacking.”
Disc Brake
Pad wear, rotor wear.

Coverage Limitations
Product Description
All
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program. Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, unlimited miles parts only (1/Unl/P).

Warranty coverage on vehicles with 1,850 lb-ft engine torque and over may be reduced on individual drivetrain components. Contact your Cummins-Meritor representative for specific details.

Front Axles
Tie rod and tie rod ends limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less. Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
Pinion and through shaft seals limited to 3-year/300,000-mile or published vocational coverage, whichever is less, if yoke is installed by Cummins-Meritor. If yoke is not installed by CumminsMeritor, then Cummins-Meritor does not warrant pinion seals.

Wheel seals, gaskets and wheel bearings are covered for 1 year/unlimited miles if the wheel end equipment is supplied and assembled by Cummins-Meritor.

Rear Axles
The Cummins-Meritor breather part number A-2297-C-8765 with A-3196-J-1336 hose must be used for eligibility of any potential warranty consideration relating to contamination and/or loss of lube in axles.

Cam Brake
Limited to bracket, brake spider and camshaft structural integrity.

STEELite X30
Wearable life is up to the discard diameter of the drum.

Terms and Conditions
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC warrants to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment in vehicles licensed for on-highway use, will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins only after the expiration of the OEM’s vehicle warranty for the applicable covered components. Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner or the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed elsewhere in this warranty statement.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component.

Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component. Components (whether new, used or remanufactured) installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty.

For certain components, coverage requires the use of specific extended drain interval or synthetic lubricants. For further information about lubrication and maintenance, see Cummins-Meritor publication Maintenance Manual Number l and the applicable Cummins-Meritor maintenance manual for the product in question. Other conditions and limitations applicable to this warranty are detailed below.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
#15..
- 745 -
Product models, brands, names and trademarks depicted herein are the property of their respective owners and, except where otherwise indicated, are not in any way associated with Meritor Heavy Vehicle Systems, LLC, or any parent or affiliate, thereof. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required
To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify Cummins-Meritor through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the Cummins-Meritor components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle in-service date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with Cummins-Meritor directly. Failure to notify CumminsMeritor of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial in-service date.

A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify CumminsMeritor as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to Cummins-Meritor or through the OEM new truck and/ or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use.

Coverage under Cummins-Meritor’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and Cummins-Meritor approvals. Refer to TP-9441 for axles, SP-8320 for trailer axles, TP-12126 for drivelines and/or contact Cummins-Meritor regarding specific application approval questions on any product line.
(3) What is the Cost of this Warranty?
There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty?
This warranty does not cover normal wear and tear; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (I) improper installation, adjustment, repair or modification (including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage or vocation from that which was originally approved by Cummins-Meritor), (II) accident, natural disaster, abuse or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the axle and/or driveline capacity) or (III) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from approved lubricants, change intervals or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not branded by Cummins-Meritor. For vehicles that operate full or part time outside of the United States and Canada, a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) will apply.
(5) Remedy
The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at Cummins-Meritor’s option. Cummins-Meritor reserves the right to require that all applicable failed materials are available and/or returned to Cummins-Meritor for review and evaluation. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty

THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES

OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY INCLUDING

ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(7) Limitation of Remedies
In no event shall Cummins-Meritor be liable for special, incidental, indirect or consequential damages of any kind or under any legal theory, including, but not limited to, towing, downtime, lost productivity, cargo damage, taxes or any other losses or costs resulting from a defective covered component. (8) To Obtain Service
If the Owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either Cummins-Meritor or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or authorized Cummins-Meritor service location. The dealer will inspect the vehicle and contact Cummins-Meritor for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by Cummins-Meritor, the dealer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective Cummins-Meritor component covered by this warranty.
(9) Entire Agreement
This is the entire agreement between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner about warranty and no Cummins-Meritor employee or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of Cummins-Meritor. This agreement allocates the responsibilities for component failure between Cummins-Meritor and the Owner.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Cummins Inc.

Box 3005
Columbus, IN 47202-3005
U.S.A.
cummins.com
SP-95155
Bulletin 6451105 Produced in U.S.A. Rev. 1/24
©2024 Meritor, Inc.
#15..
- 746 -
)LUHDQG5HVFXH$SSDUDWXV
Coverage:
7KUHH

<HDU0DWHULDODQG:RUNPDQVKLS
0HULWRU:DEFR$%6%UDNH6\VWHP
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

The Meritor Wabco ABS brake system shall be covered by
Meritor Wabco as indicated in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty coverage description
/,0,7(':$55$17<
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce.

Three (3) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

The original purchaser may void this warranty in part or in its entirety if the product is repaired or replaced (a) without prior written approval of the Pierce Customer Service Department; or (b) at a facility which has not been approved by Pierce as to technical This limited warranty shall apply only if the product is properly maintained in accordance with Pierce's maintenance instructions and manuals and is used in service which is normal to the particular model. Normal service means service which does not subject the product to stresses or impacts greater than normally result from careful use. If the Buyer discovers a defect or nonconformity, it must notify Pierce in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of discovery, but in any event prior to the expiration of the warranty period.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

The exclusions listed in the attached Meritor Wabco warranty description shall apply.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
(;&/86,212)&216(48(17,$/$1',1&,'(17$/'$0$*(6
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

REGARDLESS OF WHETHER PIERCE HAS BEEN INFORMED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DAMAGES. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Pierce specifically disclaims any liability for property or personal injury damages, penalties, damages for lost profits or revenues, loss of vehicles or products or any associated equipment, cost of substitute vehicles or products, down-time, delay damages, any other types of economic loss, or for any claims by any third party for any such damages.

Within a reasonable time, Pierce shall repair or replace (at Pierce's option and expense) any nonconforming or defective parts. Repair or replacement shall be made only by a facility approved in advance in writing by Pierce. THIS REMEDY SHALL BE THE EXCLUSIVE AND SOLE REMEDY FOR ANY BREACH OF WARRANTY.
%8<(5
6(;&/86,9(5(0('<
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/25/2013 WA0232
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES

ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.
',6&/$,0(562):$55$17,(6
capability. Any repairs, modifications, alterations or aftermarket parts added after manufacture without the authorization of Pierce may void this warranty. #15..
- 747 -

WARRANTY
Warranty coverage is essential to protecting your investment. But understanding the full details of your coverage can be challenging. This straightforward approach allows you, our valued customer, to better understand how your specific vehicle applications will be covered in your region. Our component warranty coverage is provided according to vocation/usage categories listed below. • Linehaul covers high mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained major highways of concrete or asphalt construction.
• General Service covers moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) on well-maintained public roads (less than 10 percent off-road) typically with less than three (3) stops per mile. • Heavy Service (Vocational) covers vehicles with more than 10 percent off-road OR moderate to frequent starts/stops typically with more than three (3) stops per mile.
• Off-Highway Service covers lower mileage operations. Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use. • The standard aftermarket warranty for WABCO products - including WABCO Original parts, WABCO Reman Solutions, ProVia quality aftermarket parts and WABCO retrofit solutions - is one year, parts only from in-service date when purchased from ZF distributor networks or its affiliates and/or subsidiaries.

MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
How to Read Warranty Coverage (Example)
Number of Years Mileage (in thousands) Unl=Unlimited P=Parts Only P&L=Parts & Labor 3 300 P
#15..
- 748 -
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2
WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.
• Aerial Ladder Truck
• Aerial Platform
• Ambulance
• Auto Hauler
• Beverage Truck
• Bulk Hauler
• Chip Hauler (Truck)
• Cross Country Coach
• Doubles
• Flatbed
• Front Engine Commercial
Chassis
• Front Engine Integral
Coach
• General Freight
• Grain Hauler
• Intercity Coach
• Intermodal Chassis
• Livestock Hauler
• Meat Packer
• Moving Van
• Municipal Truck
• Pipe Hauler
• Platform Auto Hauler
• Pumper
• Rear Engine Integral Coach
• Recreational Vehicles
• Refrigerated Freight
• School Bus
• Stake Truck
• Tanker
• Tanker Truck
• Triples
• Tour Bus
• Wrecker

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE VEHICLES

LINEHAUL/GENERAL SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION

LINEHAUL TYPICALLY IS
• High mileage operation (over 60,000 miles/year)
• Well maintained major highways of concrete or
asphalt construction

GENERAL SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• Moderate mileage operations (less than 60,000 miles/year) • Well maintained public roads (less than 10% off-road) • Less than three (3) stops per mile
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Trailer Lift Axle Control Valve 1/100/P&L
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/200/P&L
Air Dryers (ALL) 3/300/P&L
Aerodynamics
OptiFlow® TrailerSkirt 2/UnU/P
OptiFlow® Trailer Tail and AutoTail 2/UnI/P
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air
3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Trailer ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System)3
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves
1/100/P&L
OptiRide® Automated Manual Transmission (AMT)
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 3/300/P&L
WABCO Components1 (cont.)
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 6/600/P
MAXXUS™ Truck Air Disc Brake 5/500/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 17 and 19 Air Disc Brake 2/Unl/P and
1/Unl/L
Pan 22 Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV or IRB 6/600/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 3/300/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 2/200/P
Trailer MAXX22T™ Air Disc Brake 5/500/P and 1/L
#15..
- 749 -
1 ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 An extended warranty of 4/400/P will apply when a WABCO Trailer Control Line Filter is used in combination with a WABCO Trailer ABS valve.

WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
1/100/P&L Air Compressors (ALL)2
Air Dryers (ALL)
Trailer Control Line Filter3
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 3/300/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic 2/200/P&L
Electronic Braking System (EBS)
3/300/P&L
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
Trailer ABS Valve3
Roll Stability Control (RSS)
Trailer Roll Stability Support (RSS)
Driveline Suspension Control
OptiRide® Electronically Controlled Air Suspension
(ECAS) 2/200/P&L
Leveling Valves 1/100/P&L
Clutch Controls 2/200/P&L
Safety
OnGuardACTIVE®
3/300/P&L
OnLane®
OnLaneALERT®
OnSide®
Trailer SafeStart™
Trailer TailGUARD™
Telematics
TrailerCAST™ Telematics Device 3/300/P&L
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Trailer MAXX22T™ 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
• Airport Rescue Fire (ARF)
• Airport Shuttle
• Asphalt Truck
• Block Truck
• Bottom Dump Trailer
Combination
• Cementing Vehicle
• City Bus
• Commercial Pick-Up
• Concrete Pumper
• Construction Material Hauler
• Crash Fire Rescue (CFR)
• Mixer
• Demolition
• Drill Rig
• Dump
• Emergency Service
• Equipment Hauling
• Flatbed Trailer Hauler
• Flatbed Truck
• Fracturing Truck
• Front Loader
• Geophysical Exploration
• Hopper Trailer Combinations
• Landscaping Truck
• Liquid Waste Hauler
• Log Hauling
• Lowboy
• Michigan Special
Gravel Trains
• Michigan Special
Log Hauler
• Michigan Special
Steel Hauler
• Michigan Special
Waste Vehicle
• Municipal Dump
• Newspaper Delivery
• Package Delivery
• Pick-up and Delivery
• Rapid Intervention
Vehicle (RIV)
• Rear Loader
• Recycling Truck
• Residential Pick-Up/Waste
• Rigging Truck
• Roll-Off
• Scrap Truck
• Semi-End Dump
• Sewer/Septic Vacuum
• Shuttle Bus
• Side Loader
• Snowplow/Snowblower
• Steel Hauling
• Tanker
• Tank Truck
• Tractors with Pole Trailers
• Tractor/Trailer with Jeeps
• Transfer Dump
• Transfer Vehicle
• Transit Bus
• Trolley
• Utility Truck
• Winch Truck

HEAVY SERVICE VEHICLES

HEAVY SERVICE (VOCATIONAL) WARRANTY INFORMATION

HEAVY SERVICE TYPICALLY IS
• On/Off road vocations (10% or more off-road) OR
• Moderate to frequent starts/stops typically more than three (3) stops per mile
#15..
- 750 -
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES

INDUSTRIAL AND OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE

TYPICALLY IS
• Low mileage operation3
• Vehicles are not typically licensed for highway use
¹ ZF and WABCO branded components. 2 WABCO compressors installed on Cummins, Mercedes, and DDC engines are not warranted or serviced by ZF. Please contact your respective dealer/distributor of those engines for warranty and servicing. 3 Equivalent hours of service limit: 2,000 hours for all components.

INDUSTRIAL/OFF-HIGHWAY SERVICE WARRANTY INFORMATION
WABCO Components1
Air Management
Air Brake Valves
Air Compressors (ALL)2 2/Unl/P
Air Dryers (ALL)
Brake Actuation
Air/Hydraulic Actuators
2/Unl/P
Master Cylinders
Remote Actuators
Slave and Wheel Cylinders
Two Fluid Actuators
Brake Locks
Brake Locks (ALL)
Electric Brake Locks 2/Unl/P
Lever Locks
Braking Systems
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Air 1/100/P&L
ABS (Anti-Lock Braking System) Hydraulic
Driveline Suspension Control
Clutch Controls
1/100/P&L
Leveling Valves
Electrohydraulics & Controls
Electronic Pedals
Electrohydraulic Brake Valves (EBV) 2/Unl/P
Pressure Switches
Hydraulic Braking Solutions
Accumulator Charging Valves
Hydraulic Throttle Controls and Switches 2/Unl/P
Modulating Brake Valves
Wheel End Solutions
EasyFit™ Slack Adjuster 2/200/P
Caliper Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
MAXXUS™ Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
Multiple Disc Brakes 2/Unl/P
IVTM - Wheel Module 6/P
IVTM - All Other Products 2/P
Pan 22, 19 and 17 Air Disc Brake 1/Unl/P&L
TRISTOP™ D Actuator w/ IBV 3/Unl/P
TRISTOP™ D Actuator 2/200/P
UNISTOP™ Actuator 1/100/P
Market Common Application Types
Agriculture
Fertilizer Spreader, Tractor, Heavy Duty Ag
Trailers, Harvester, Sprayer, Skid Loader, Silage
Bagger, Slurry Wagons, Grain Cart
Airport Support
Pushback Tractor, Towing Tugs, Aircraft Tow
Tractor, Refueling Trucks, Food Service Trucks,
Baggage Tractors, De-Icing Equipment,
Runway Clearing Equipment
Construction
All-Terrain Crane, Rough Terrain Crane,
Excavator, Compactor, Wheel Loader, Road
Roller, Motor Grader, Articulated Dump Truck,
Rubber Tire Road Roller, Backhoe Loaders,
Haul Trucks, Scraper Rough Terrain Forklifts,
Trenchers, Drills
Forestry Logging Forwarder, Kidder, Loaders, Yard
Forklifts, Harvesters Fellers
Material Handling
Port Tractor, Rail Yard Spotter, Stevedoring
Tractor, Trailer Spotter, Yard Jockey, Scissor
Lift, Straddle Carrier, Manlift, Forklift, Boom Lift
Telebandlers, Aerial Work Platforms
Mining
Specialized Mining, Excavator, Haul Truck,
Underground Loader, Service Trucks, Wheel
Loaders, Scrapers, Load Haul Dumps,
Personnel Transports, Bolters, Scalers
Municipal
Street Sweeper, Utility Tractor, Utility Trucks,
Tree Trimmers, Dump Trucks, Tow Trucks, Flat
Bed Trucks, Winch Applications
Oil & Gas
Fracturing Trailer, Injecter Heads, Top Drives,
Jack/Lift Boats, Wireline Trucks, Load-On /
Load-Off
Rail
Railcar Mover, Track Layers, Grinders, Platform
Crane, Locomotive Railcars, Ballast Equipment,
Winch Applications
#15..
- 751 -

ABS, ELECTRONIC STABILITY CONTROL (ESC),
ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC), OPTIRIDE®,
ONGUARD® AND ONLANE®, COLLECTIVELY
“ELECTRONICS”
Failure of electronic components due to overvoltage
condition, improper grounding, electrostatic discharge
(ESD), improper shielding, electromagnetic interference (EMI), or other wiring or installation issues. Malfunctions and failure codes caused by other electronic subsystem failures (data bus, engine, transmission, dashboard, etc.)

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS
For certain components, brake fluid DOT3 or DOT4 is
used as the operating medium. Use of any other fluid will void all warranties associated with that component. For hydraulic braking applications the brake fluid is considered a maintenance item. Maintenance intervals are listed in TB1367.

COVERAGE LIMITATIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
Any claim beyond 60 days from date of repair will not be accepted or honored under this warranty program.

Products purchased on an incomplete vehicle (glider) are limited to one year, 1/Unl/P.

For vehicles that operate full- or part-time outside of the United States and Canada, a 1-Year/Unlimited Miles parts only (1/Unl/P) will apply.

TOOLBOX PLUS™ DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE
Proper diagnostics of WABCO Electronics may require the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™. Additional labor due
to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™ software
and/or the time to purchase or install the latest version of TOOLBOX PLUS™ are not covered under product
warranty.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

COVERAGE EXCLUSIONS

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

ALL PRODUCTS
This Warranty shall not apply to the following, but not limited to: (1) damage to the product or its component
parts caused by incorrect use, installation, maintenance or repair, including without limitation (a) improper fit of mating components or brackets, damaged threads, cut, broken,
chafed, pinched or otherwise damaged wiring (sensors,
harnesses and connectors), (b) sensors damaged during
removal when seized in block, or associated with sensor adjustments/ alignments, and (c) damage resulting from the use or installation of non-genuine WABCO components or
materials; (2) damage to the product, its component parts, or diminished product or component part performance due to incorrect operation, deviation from approved conditions or misapplication; (3) any unauthorized disassembly of the product or its component parts including without limitation (a) obliterated, defaced or missing WABCO or WABCO
name plate, serial numbers or label identifying the device as a ZF product or WABCO component, (b) changes to sealed
adjusting screws, and (c) opening or attempted repair of non-serviceable components; (4) malfunction
of the component due to internal contamination of the
vehicle system including without limitation (a) water and other contamination damage that is due to the use of a
non-genuine air dryer cartridge or (b) valve failures due to contamination in air system, (5) complaints associated
with noise, (6) damage resulting from corrosion (including oxidation of electrical devices and connections).

AIR DRYERS
Mounting brackets (see vehicle OEM). Desiccant cartridge housing only.

AIR SYSTEM COMPONENTS
Normal wear items; Gladhand seals, dash valve knobs,
valve actuation handles, treadles, pedals.
#15..
- 752 -
WARRANTY - MODEL YEAR 2021 VEHICLES
(1) What is Covered by this Commercial Warranty?
ZF CV Systems North America LLC and its North American
subsidiaries and affiliates (ZF) warrant to the owner (“Owner”) that the components listed in this publication, which have been installed by an Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) as original equipment will be free from defects in material and workmanship. This warranty coverage begins from the original in-service date to the limits provided and runs concurrently with any warranties provided by OEMs and/or any distribution agreements and/or any service contracts that cover the components listed in this publication, if any. If the components listed in this publication are covered by an OEM warranty and/or service contract, then the OEM’s warranty and/ or service contract shall supersede ZF’s warranty and Owner shall comply with all OEM’s warranty and/or service contract requirements for claims under such OEM’s warranty and/or service contract until those agreements expire.

Once those agreements expire and provided the ZF warranty has not expired under the terms stated above, the ZF warranty will be in effect until its expiration date.

Warranty coverage ends at the expiration of the applicable time period from the date of vehicle purchase by the first Owner, or, the applicable mileage limitation, whichever occurs first. Duration of coverage varies by component and vocation as detailed previously in this publication.

Some components are warranted for parts only and the Owner must pay any labor costs associated with the repair or replacement of the component. Other components are warranted for both parts and reasonable labor to repair or replace the subject component.

Additional diagnostic time due to use of an outdated version of TOOLBOX™, time to purchase or install latest version of TOOLBOX™ are the responsibility of the authorized ZF distributor networks and are not covered under product warranty. Components installed as replacements under this warranty are warranted only for the remainder of the original period of time or mileage under the original warranty. (2) Designation of Vocational Use Required. To obtain warranty coverage, each Owner must notify ZF through the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer of the intended vocational use of the vehicle into which the WABCO components have been incorporated prior to the vehicle inservice date. This notification may be accomplished by registering the vehicle through your OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer or with ZF directly. Failure to notify ZF of (I) the intended vocational use of the vehicle or (II) a change in vocational use from that which was originally designated, will result in the application of a one year, unlimited mileage, parts only warranty (1/Unl/P) from the initial inservice date. A second Owner and each subsequent Owner must also notify ZF as to the intended vocational use of the vehicle. This notification can be sent directly to ZF or through
the OEM new truck and/or trailer dealer. The duration and mileage coverage of this warranty cannot exceed the coverage extended to the first Owner after his or her initial designation of vocational use. Coverage under ZF’s warranty requires that the application of products be properly approved pursuant to OEM and ZF, approvals. (3) What is the Cost of this Warranty? There is no charge to the Owner for this warranty.
(4) What is not Covered by this Warranty? In addition to the items listed on "Coverage Exclusions," this warranty does not cover normal wear and tear, or service items; nor does it cover a component that fails, malfunctions or is damaged as a result of (a) improper handling, storage, installation, adjustment, repair or modification including the use of unauthorized attachments or changes or modification in the vehicle’s configuration, usage, or vocation from that which was originally approved by ZF, (b) accident, fire or other casualty, natural disaster, road debris, negligence, misuse, abuse, or improper use (including loading beyond the specified maximum vehicle weight or altering engine power settings to exceed the brake system capacity), or (c) improper or insufficient maintenance (including deviation from maintenance intervals, approved lubricants, or lube levels). This warranty does not cover any component or part that is not sold by ZF. (5) To obtain service. If the owner discovers within the applicable coverage period a defect in material or workmanship, the Owner must promptly give notice to either ZF or the dealer from which the vehicle was purchased. To obtain service, the vehicle must be taken to any participating OEM dealer or ZF distributor networks' servicer. The dealer or ZF authorized servicer will inspect the vehicle and contact ZF for an evaluation of the claim. When authorized by ZF, the dealer or ZF authorized servicer will repair or replace during the term of this warranty any defective WABCO component covered by this warranty. (6) Disclaimer of Warranty and Limitation of remedies. TO THE MAXIMUM

EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET

FORTH HEREIN IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER

WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY OPERATION OF

LAW OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY

IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND/OR WARRANTY FOR HIDDEN OR

LATENT DEFECTS, AND IN NO EVENT WILL ZF OR ANY OF ITS

AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,

PROGRESSIVE, SPECIAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY
KIND.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS
#15..
- 753 -
(7) Legal action. Any legal action or claim arising from or related to this Warranty, in contract or otherwise, must be commenced within one year from the accrual of that cause of action, or be barred forever. Any dispute arising in connection with this agreement shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Michigan and be brought, heard and determined exclusively in either the Circuit Court for the County of Oakland, State of Michigan or the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan. The parties stipulate that the referenced venues are convenient.
(8) Remedy. The exclusive remedy under this warranty shall be the repair or replacement of the defective component at ZF's option. ZF reserves the right to require that all applicable covered components are available and/or returned to ZF for review
and evaluation. THE MAXIMUM LIABILITY, IF ANY, OF ZF FOR ALL

DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CONTRACT

DAMAGES, BREACH OF WARRANTY, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT

LIABILITY, OR OTHER TORT, IS LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE PURCHASE PRICE OF THE PRODUCT and where
indicated in the product and application warranty information above, the inclusion of labor is limited to the standard repair time. THE

PARTIES ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT THE LIMITATION

OF DAMAGES PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH

SURVIVES BETWEEN THE ORIGINAL END USER AND ZF EVEN IF

THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY SET FORTH ABOVE IS DEEMED TO FAIL
OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. ZF may change the design or make improvements to its Products without incurring any warranty obligation for previously manufactured Product .
(9) Entire Agreement. This is the entire agreement between ZF and the Owner about warranty and no, ZF employee, or dealer is authorized to make any additional warranty on behalf of ZF unless in writing and signed by an authorized representative of ZF.
#15..
- 754 -
About ZF Friedrichshafen AG
ZF is a global technology company and supplies systems for passenger cars, commercial vehicles and industrial technology, enabling the next generation of mobility. ZF allows vehicles to see, think and act. In the four technology domains Vehicle Motion Control, Integrated Safety, Automated Driving, and Electric Mobility, ZF offers comprehensive solutions for established vehicle manufacturers and newly emerging transport and mobility service providers. ZF electrifies different kinds of vehicles. With its products, the company contributes to reducing emissions and protecting the climate.

ZF, which acquired WABCO Holdings Inc. on May 29, 2020, now has 160,000 employees worldwide with approximately 260 locations in 41 countries. In 2019, the two then-independent companies achieved sales of €36.5 billion (ZF) and $3.4 billion (WABCO). For more information, visit: www.wabco-na.com
© 2021 ZF CV Systems North America LLC - All rights reserved - SP1375 / 2.2021 For further product details contact your distributor or the WABCO Customer Care Center at 855-228-3203.
#15..
- 755 -
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0012

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This warranty applies only to the cab tubular support and mounting structures and other structural components of the cab of the vehicle model, as identified in the Pierce
specifications for the Fire and Rescue Apparatus.

This warranty does not apply to damage caused by corrosion.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Structural Integrity
Custom Cab
Ten (10) Years
- or -
100,000 Miles
Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

The Pierce Custom Cab shall be free from structural failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
#15..
- 756 -

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Pro-Rated Paint and Corrosion
Cab
Ten (10) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Exterior surfaces of the cab painted by Pierce shall be free from blistering, peeling, corrosion or any other adhesion defect caused by defective manufacturing methods or paint material selection.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Limited Warranty
Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty is applicable to the vehicle in the following percentage costs of warranty repair, if any:

Topcoat Durability & Appearance: Gloss, Color Retention & Cracking
0-72 months 100%
73-96 months 50%
97-120 months 25%
Integrity of Coating System: Adhesion, Blistering/Bubbling 0-36 months 100%
37-84 months 50%
85-120 months 25%
Corrosion: Dissimilar Metal and Crevice
0-36 months 100%
37-48 months 50%
49-72 months 25%
73-120 months 10%
Corrosion Perforation
0-120 months 100%
This limited warranty applies only to exterior paint. Paint on the vehicle's interior is warranted only under the Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty.

Items not covered by this warranty include:
(a) Damage from lack of maintenance and cleaning (proper cleaning and maintenance procedures are detailed in the Pierce operation and maintenance manual).
(b) UV paint fade.
(c) Any cab not manufactured by Pierce.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4
#15..
- 757 -
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 2/8/2010 WA0014

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty applies to all of the control modules for the Command Zone system, including the full color graphic displays. Related wire harnesses, cables and connectors are not covered under this limited warranty and are instead covered under the Pierce One Year Basic Apparatus Limited Warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Five (5) Year Material and Workmanship
Command Zone Electronics
Five (5) Years Warranty Period
Ends After:

The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

Command Zone control modules shall be free from failures caused by defects in material and workmanship
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
#15..
- 758 -
Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 1/11/2011 WA0188

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:
54 Months Material and Workmanship
Camera System
Fifty - Four (54) months Warranty Period
Ends After:

Warranty Begins: The date of delivery.

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Sharpvision
camera system installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.
(d) products or parts which may in the ordinary course wear out and have to be replaced during the warranty period, including, but not limited to, tires, fluids, gaskets and light bulbs. Pierce assumes no responsibility for the assembly of its parts or subassemblies into finishing products or vehicles unless the assembly is performed by Pierce. (b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot;

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

3. BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY.
#15..
- 759 -
Fire and Rescue Apparatus
Coverage:

Ten (10) Year Material and Workmanship
Pierce 12V LED Strip Light
Limited Warranty
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Pierce makes no warranty whatsoever as to:

This limited warranty covers repairs to correct any defect related to materials or workmanship of the Pierce 12V LED strip lights installed on the apparatus occuring during the warranty period.

1. LIMITED WARRANTY
(b) any vehicle, chassis, or component, part, attachment or accessory damaged by misuse, neglect, fire, exposure to severe environmental or chemical conditions, acidic environment, improper maintenance, accident, crash, or force majeure such as natural disaster, lightning, earthquake, windstorm, hail, flood, war or riot; Subject to the limitations and exclusions set forth below, Pierce Manufacturing provides the following warranty to the Buyer:
(c) any vehicle, chassis or component, part, attachment or accessory that has been repaired, altered or assembled in any way by any person or entity other than Pierce which, in the sole judgment of Pierce, adversely affects the performance, stability or purpose for which it was manufactured; or
(a) any integral parts, components, attachments or trade accessories of or to the product that are not manufactured by Pierce, including but not limited to engines, transmissions, drivelines, axles, water pumps and generators; with respect to all such parts, components, attachments and accessories, Pierce shall assign to Buyer the applicable warranties, if any, made by the respective manufacturers thereof; The date of the original purchase invoice (issued when the product ships from the factory). Warranty Begins:

THIS LIMITED WARRANTY MAY NOT BE ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE

TRANSFERRED BY THE BUYER TO ANY SUBSEQUENT USER OR PURCHASER OR TO ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY.

This limited warranty does not apply to related wire
harnesses, cables, and connectors, which are covered by the Pierce one (1) year basic apparatus limited warranty.

Conditions and
Exclusions:

See Also
Paragraphs
2 thru 4

4. EXCLUSION OF CONSEQUENTIAL AND INCIDENTAL DAMAGES.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any agreement between Pierce and Buyer, IN NO EVENT SHALL PIERCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES WHATSOEVER,

WHETHER ARISING OUT OF BREACH OF CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE AND STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHER THEORY OF LAW

OR EQUITY, WITH RESPECT TO VEHICLES OR OTHER PRODUCTS SOLD BY

PIERCE, OR THEIR OPERATION OR FAILURE TO OPERATE, OR ANY DEFECTS

THEREIN, OR ANY UNDERTAKINGS, ACTS OR OMISSIONS RELATED THERETO,

Ten (10) Year Warranty Period
Ends After:

Note: Any Surety Bond, if a part of the sale of the vehicle as to which this limited warranty is provided, applies only to this Pierce Basic One Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle, and not to other warranties made by Pierce in a separate document (if any) or to the warranties (if any) made by any manufacturer (other than Pierce) of any part, component, attachment or accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. 7/5/2011 WA0203
THE WARRANTY SET FORTH IN PARAGRAPH 1 IS THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE WARRANTY GIVEN BY PIERCE. PIERCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL

OTHER WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY,

INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, ANY

WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTIES ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

NEW PRODUCT WARRANTY

PARTICIPATING OEM SALES

DISTRIBUTOR SALES

LIMITED WARRANTY ON NEW ALLISON AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS

USED IN EMERGENCY VEHICLE APPLICATIONS
Allison Transmission will provide for repairs or replacement, at its option, during the warranty period of each new Allison transmission listed below that is installed in an Emergency Vehicle in accordance with the following terms, conditions, and limitations.

WHAT IS COVERED
 WARRANTY APPLIES — This warranty is for new Allison transmission models listed below installed in an Emergency Vehicle and is provided to the original and any subsequent owner(s) of the vehicle during the warranty period.  REPAIRS COVERED — The warranty covers repairs or replacement, at Allison Transmission’s option, to correct any transmission malfunction resulting from defects in material or workmanship occurring during the warranty period. Needed repairs or replacements will be performed using the method Allison Transmission determines most appropriate under the circumstances.  TOWING — Towing is covered to the nearest Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer only when necessary to prevent further damage to your transmission.
 PAYMENT TERMS — Warranty repairs, including parts and labor, will be covered per the schedule shown in the chart contained in section “APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE.”  OBTAINING REPAIRS — To obtain warranty repairs, take the vehicle to any Allison Transmission Distributor or authorized Dealer within a reasonable amount of time and request the needed repairs. A reasonable amount of time must be allowed for the Distributor or Dealer to perform necessary repairs.
 TRANSMISSION REMOVAL AND REINSTALLATION — Labor costs for the removal and re-installation of the transmission, when necessary to make a warranty repair, are covered by this warranty.  WARRANTY PERIOD — The warranty period for all coverages shall begin on the date the transmission is delivered to the first retail purchaser, with the following exception:

Demonstration Service - A transmission in a new truck or bus may be demonstrated to a total of 5000 miles (8000 kilometers).

If the vehicle is within this limit when sold to a retail purchaser, the warranty start date is the date of purchase. Normal warranty services are applicable to the demonstrating Dealer. Should the truck or bus be sold to a retail purchaser after these limits are reached, the warranty period will begin on the date the vehicle was first placed in demonstration service and the purchaser will be entitled to the remaining warranty.

APPLICABLE MODELS, WARRANTY LIMITATIONS, AND ADJUSTMENT SCHEDULE

WARRANTY LIMITATIONS
(Whichever occurs first)

ADJUSTMENT CHARGE TO BE

APPLICABLE PAID BY THE CUSTOMER
MODELS
Months
Transmission Miles
Or Kilometers Parts Labor
MT, MD
3000, 3200, 3500, 3700 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge HT with Hydraulic Controls 0–24 No Limit No Charge No Charge AT, 1000 Series, 2000 Series,
2400 Series 0–36 No Limit No Charge No Charge
HT with Electronic Controls 0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge HD
1000 EVS, 2100 EVS, 2200 EVS
2350 EVS, 2500 EVS, 2550 EVS,
3000 EVS, 3500 EVS, 4000,
4000 EVS, 4500, 4500 EVS, 4700,
4700 EVS, 4800, 4800 EVS
0–60 No Limit No Charge No Charge

Page 1 of 2 ends

Modesto City CouncilOctober 22, 2024

Modesto City Council
October 22, 2024